Sie sind auf Seite 1von 431

332152397.

xls

V900R015C00SPC500

Used Reserved Parameter List


Issue
Date

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.

10/04/2016

1431

332152397.xls

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of H
Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective ho

Notice

The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All
services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherw
contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guar
representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this
accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warra
or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

10/04/2016

2431

332152397.xls

0R015C00SPC500

sed Reserved Parameter List


01
2013/05/04

WEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

ei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.

10/04/2016

3431

332152397.xls

ent may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co.,

ermissions

ei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

cts, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products,
described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the
s, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
kind, either express or implied.

document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure
nts, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express

nologies Co., Ltd.

ei Industrial Base
n, Longgang
hen 518129
e's Republic of China

www.huawei.com

rt@huawei.com

10/04/2016

4431

332152397.xls

10/04/2016

5431

332152397.xls

f Huawei Technologies Co.,

e holders.

All or part of the products,


herwise specified in the
uarantees or

his document to ensure


arranty of any kind, express

10/04/2016

6431

332152397.xls

Purpose

This document provides information about the BSC6900 reserved parameters, including the meaning, valu
Used Reserved Parameter List: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are being used.
Disuse Reserved Parameter: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are no longer in use in the

Intended Audience
Network planners
Field engineers
System engineers
Shift operators

Download

This document is the Used Reserved Parameter List for the BSC6900 of the V900R015C00 version. It pro
customer only.
Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the Used Reserved Parameter List that matches the version.
To obtain the Used Reserved Parameter List of the BSC6900, visit the website http://support.huawei.com/s
Software Center > Version Software > Wireless Product Line > SingleRAN > MBSC > BSC6900.

Organization
Description
MO
Parameter ID
MML Command
BIT

Meaning

GUI Value Range


Unit
Actual Value Range

10/04/2016

7431

332152397.xls

Default Value

Recommended Value
Caution
Impact on Radio Network
Performance

Introduced in Version

Change Reason
Disuse Statement
Disuse Version

Introduction to Reserved Parameters

This section describes the definition of reserved parameters, the purpose of using reserved parameters, th
Definition

Purpose

Status

Disuse Mechanism

10/04/2016

8431

332152397.xls

10/04/2016

9431

332152397.xls

vides information about the BSC6900 reserved parameters, including the meaning, value, and usage of the parameters.This docu

arameter List: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are being used.
Parameter: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are no longer in use in the current R version.

he Used Reserved Parameter List for the BSC6900 of the V900R015C00 version. It provides basic information for the

ngineers to obtain the Used Reserved Parameter List that matches the version.
Reserved Parameter List of the BSC6900, visit the website http://support.huawei.com/support and then choose
Version Software > Wireless Product Line > SingleRAN > MBSC > BSC6900.

Remarks
Managed object of an NE
Simple string for identifying a parameter
Command that includes the parameter
Bit that has been used
Function of a reserved parameter or bit and whether the reserved parameter or bit is an advanced
parameter or bit.
The following two types of reserved parameters or bits are advanced parameters or bits:
1. Reserved parameters or bits that have significant impacts on network performance once their values
are slightly changed. This type of reserved parameters or bits are not used in features.
2. Reserved parameters or bits whose functions can be maximized only when they work in certain
portfolios. For this type of parameters or bits, changing the value of only one reserved parameter or bit
has little effect and may cause accidents or bring a negative impact to the network.
To set an advanced parameter or bit, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.

Value range of the reserved parameter or bit displayed on the GUI


Unit of the GUI value for the reserved parameter or bit
Actual value that corresponds to the GUI value of the reserved parameter or bit

10/04/2016

10431

332152397.xls

Initial value assigned by the system to the parameter. For a bit field parameter, ON indicates that the bit
representing the sub-parameter is set to 1, OFF indicates that the bit representing the sub-parameter is
set to 0. The default value is not displayed on the configuration window of a SET command.
Recommended value of the reserved parameter or bit in a specific application scenario. The
recommended value can be the same as the default value.
Cautions to be taken during the modification.
Impact of the parameter on radio network performance when the reserved parameter or bit is set to
different values
Product version in which a reserved parameter or bit is first used.
For example:
Patch release for an R version: VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX
Patch releases for different R versions: VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX and VX00R0XX'CXXSPHXXX
Patch release and baseline version for different R versions: VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX and VX00R0XX'
VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX indicates a patch release for an R version. A reserved parameter or bit that is
first used in this patch release will be used in all later patch releases.
VX00R0XX' indicates a baseline version for an R version. A reserved parameter or bit that is first used in
this baseline version will be used in all later baseline versions and patch releases.

Reason why the reserved parameter or bit is used and the reserved parameter or bit in an earlier version
inherited by that in the current version
Mechanism that the system uses to process the value of a reserved parameter or bit set by operators
after the reserved parameter or bit is out of use
Baseline version in which a reserved parameter or bit is out of use

ed Parameters

bes the definition of reserved parameters, the purpose of using reserved parameters, the status of reserved parameters, and disu

Reserved parameters are parameters reserved for use in patch releases. When such parameters are
being added, they can be set but have no functional behaviors. A reserved parameter has functional
behavior only when it is used in a patch release. Reserved parameters are used to fix bugs, solve
network compatibility issues, or implement network element interconnection.

Avoiding impacts on southbound and northbound interfaces


Avoiding service interruption caused by patch installation
The state of a reserved parameter can be:
Unused: indicates that the reserved parameter has not been used.
In-use: indicates that the reserved parameter is being used.
Disused: indicates that the function of the reserved parameter has been implemented by a new
parameter (the ID of the new parameter reflects the function) or the function of the reserved parameter
has been removed.

10/04/2016

11431

332152397.xls

A reserved parameter that is used in a patch release for an R version will fall into disuse in N+1 version.
After the disuse, the reserved parameter is not used in the R version any more. Disuse mechanism:
1. A new parameter has been used to replace the reserved parameter. The ID of the new parameter
reflects the function.
2. The function configured through the reserved parameter has been deleted or does not need to be set
manually.

10/04/2016

12431

332152397.xls

e parameters.This document consists of two parts:

10/04/2016

13431

332152397.xls

d parameters, and disuse mechanism.

10/04/2016

14431

332152397.xls

10/04/2016

15431

MO

Parameter ID

MML Command

BIT

UALGORSVPARA

ReservedU32Para4

SET UALGORSVPARA bit0~bit11

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch7

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT2

Meaning

GUI Value Range

Unit

Actual Value Range

Ratio of the DPUe's


data processing
capability to the DPUb's
data processing
0~4095
capability. The
parameter unit is
percentage

None

50~500

Whether to periodically
update the IE Value
Tag.
The Value Tag
periodically update
algorithm allows a UE
to update system
messages when the
RNC periodically
updates the IE Value
Tag. The algorithm is
applicable to the
following two scenarios:
If
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT1 of RsvSwitch2
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
OFF,ON
command is set to 1,
only the system
messages triggered by
non-dynamic AC control
are updated.
If
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT1 of RsvSwitch2
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is set to 0, all
system messages are
updated.
0: The switch is turned
off.
1: The switch is turned
on.

None

0,1

332152397.xls

Default Value

200

Recommended Value

200

Caution

Impact on Radio
Network Performance

N/A

When the DPUe and


DPUb are installed in
one subrack, a large
number of UEs will be
allocated to the DPUe if
this parameter is set to
a large value.
Change Notice

None

Change of original cell


configuration results in
frequent update of
system messages,
thereby updating the IE
Value Tag. In this case,
if this parameter is set
to 1 and a UE triggers
reselection to another
cell, the UE reselected
to the original cell can
periodically update the
system messages in
time and initiate
services.
If this parameter is set
to 0, the IE Value Tag is
not periodically
updated.

332152397.xls

Introduced in Version

V900R015C00

Change Reason

This parameter is used


to balance the load
between the DPUb and
DPUe

This reserved
parameter is used in
the trouble ticket of
DTS2012042703240 to
solve the problem that
the RRC connection
setup success rate
decreases due to reuse
of the value of the IE
Value tag in the system
V900R014C00SPC510 information block (SIB).
V900R015C00
After an upgrade to
V900R013C00SPC582
or a later version, the
value of this reserved
parameter inherits the
value of
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT15 of the
ReservedSwitch0
parameter in the SET
UNBMPARA command.

332152397.xls

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT8

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit7

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit6

332152397.xls

Switch for calculating


the traffic of UEs that
has transitioned from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH.
When this switch is
turned on, the control
plane notifies the user
plane of the cell
information and the
user plane calculates
the traffic of UEs that
0,1
has transitioned from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH.
When this switch is
turned off, the control
plane does not notify
the user plane of the
cell information and the
user plane does not
calculate the traffic of
these UEs.

None

0,1

Whether to support the


function of changing
MAC-d HFNs. When
UEs are being traced,
users can change
MAC-d HFNs to identify
0, 1
voice encryption
problems.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

None

0, 1

Whether to support the


IUUP and FP noise
pour function. When
UEs are being traced,
the noise pour function
can be enabled for
voice frames to isolate 0, 1
and identify voice
problems.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

None

0, 1

332152397.xls

N/A

When this switch is


turned on, the traffic of
UEs that has
transitioned from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH is
calculated into the
corresponding
counters. When this
switch is turned off, the
traffic of these UEs is
not calculated into the
corresponding
counters. The values of
some counters are
incorrect.

None

When this parameter is


set to 1, voice quality of
the UEs that are being
traced is affected. Voice
quality of other UEs on
the existing network is
not affected.

None

When this parameter is


set to 1, voice quality of
the UEs that are being
traced is affected. Voice
quality of other UEs on
the existing network is
not affected.

332152397.xls

V900R015C00

DTS2013013105982
The control plane does
not notify the user
plane of the cell
information, and as a
result the user plane
cannot calculate the
traffic of UEs that has
transitioned from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH.

This reserved
V900R013C00SPC500
parameter is used to
V900R014
identify voice encryption
V900R015C00
problems.

This reserved
V900R013C00SPC500
parameter is used to
V900R014
isolate and identify
V900R015C00
voice problems.

332152397.xls

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT3

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT6

332152397.xls

10

Adjustment switch for


the Iur-p load sharing
algorithm
1: This switch is turned
on. When the links over
the Iur-p interface are
congested, the number
of UEs forwarded to the
overflow RNC by load
0,1
sharing is reduced to
relieve congestion.
0: This switch is turned
off. When the links over
the Iur-p interface are
congested, the number
of UEs forwarded to the
overflow RNC by load
sharing is not reduced.

None

0,1

Whether to optimize
processing during flow
control in the Iu-Flex
scenario.
This parameter can be
set to 1 or 0.
1: When the SCCP link
to a CN node is
congested in the IuFlex scenario, the RNC
selects an available
SCCP link to another
CN node for
0,1
transmitting the initial
direct transfer
message.
0: When the SCCP link
to a CN node is
congested in the IuFlex scenario, the RNC
still selects this CN
node as a candidate
CN node for
transmitting the initial
direct transfer
message.

None

0,1

332152397.xls

11

N/A

None

N/A

None

332152397.xls

12

V900R015C00

In Iur-p congestion
scenarios, when this
switch is turned on, the
number of UEs
forwarded to the
overflow RNC by load
sharing is reduced, and
the effect of load
sharing is affected.
When this switch is
turned off, call loss
occurs.

V900R015C00

This parameter is used


to solve the problem
that when the SCCP
link to a CN node is
congested in the Iu Flex
scenario, the RNC still
selects the CN node as
a candidate CN node
for transmitting the
initial direct transfer
message.

332152397.xls

13

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT11

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit19

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT9

332152397.xls

14

Switch for the control


plane load sharing
forwarding threshold.
When this switch is
turned on, new services
will not be forwarded to
other subsystems for
processing if the CPU
usage of the current
subsystem does not
reach the control plane
load sharing forwarding 0,1
threshold.
When this switch is
turned off, new services
may be forwarded to
other subsystems for
processing even if the
CPU usage of the
current subsystem does
not reach the control
plane load sharing
forwarding threshold.

None

0,1

Whether to enable the


active queue
management (AQM)
function for middle
priority queues. When
this switch is turned on,
data packets of middle
0, 1
priority queues are
discarded for delay
control.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

None

0, 1

Whether to enable the


new radio link set (RLS)
CE algorithm.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm
is enabled, and the
RNC will rectify CE
ON,OFF
calculation errors
caused by link deletion
after softer handovers.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the algorithm
is disabled.

None

0,1

332152397.xls

15

N/A

When this switch is


turned on, new services
will not be forwarded to
other subsystems for
processing if the CPU
usage of the current
subsystem does not
reach the control plane
load sharing forwarding
threshold. The CPU
usage of different
subsystems is
imbalanced.
When this switch is
turned off, new services
may be forwarded to
other subsystems for
processing even if the
CPU usage of the
current subsystem does
not reach the control
plane load sharing
forwarding threshold.
The CPU usage of
different subsystems is
balanced, but the
number of UEs
forwarded to other
subsystems for
processing by load
sharing is increased.

None

When this parameter is


set to 1, data
transmission delay
prolongs during
congestion in multiple
queues.

None

Turning off this switch


increases the amount
of CE resources used
for RNC maintenance.
This may increase the
probability of UE
admission failures.

332152397.xls

16

DTS2012121704905.
The load sharing
algorithm in RAN15.0
has been modified so
that it is the same as
that in RAN14CO1.
After the modification,
the load sharing
algorithm triggers load
sharing between control
planes before the CPU
usage reaches the
control plane load
sharing threshold.
However, the load
sharing algorithm in
R14C00 triggers load
sharing between control
planes only when the
CPU usage reaches the
control plane load
sharing threshold.
The load sharing
algorithm in RAN15.0
differs from that in
RAN14.0C00. KPI
values may change
after the RNC is
upgraded to RAN15.0.

V900R015C00

This reserved
V900R013C00SPC500 parameter is used to
V900R014
enable the active queue
V900R015C00
management (AQM)
function.

Versions earlier than


V900R011
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
V900R014
V900R015C00

This reserved
parameter is used to
solve the problem that
CE resources are
incorrectly calculated
due to link removal
after a softer handover.

332152397.xls

17

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch7

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT1

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch5

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT4

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT9

332152397.xls

18

Whether to allow the


RNC to check the code
resources of a cell and
reclaim the code
resources that are still
occupied by a released OFF,ON
UE.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

None

0,1

Operator index update


switch for the user
plane. When this switch
is turned on, the
operator information on
the user plane is
consistent with that on 0,1
the control plane.
When this switch is
turned off, the valid
operator information
initially configured for
the user plane is used.

None

0,1

the maximum
adjustable data rate of
PS service 2 based on
the data rate of 2 ms
TTI services when the
maximum data rate of
HSUPA 10 ms TTI
services is lower than
that of PS service 2
whose data rate is
neither increased nor
decreased during the
DCCC process on PS
service 1 in the
scenario where two
HSUPA PS services
and one CS service are
set up.
When this switch is
OFF,ON
turned on, the RNC
queries RLC
parameters related to
the maximum
adjustable data rate of
PS service 2 based on
the data rate of 2 ms
TTI services.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
queries RLC
parameters related to
the maximum
adjustable data rate of
PS service 2 based on
the data rate of 10 ms
TTI services.
0: This switch is turned

None

0,1

332152397.xls

19

None

None

None

In MOCN scenarios,
when this switch is
turned on, the traffic of
each operator can be
correctly calculated if
the common operator is
not configured.
In MOCN scenarios,
when this switch is
turned off, the traffic of
secondary operators is
incorrectly considered
as the traffic of the
primary operator if the
common operator is not
configured.

None

After this switch is


turned on, the success
rate of increasing or
decreasing the data
rate based on DCCC
rises and the user
throughput improves.

332152397.xls

20

This reserved
parameter is used to
improve reliability in
code resource
management. It
V900R014C00SPC500
ensures that the
V900R015C00
occupied code
resources are
completely released
during user resource
release.

This parameter is used


to solve the problem
V900R015C00SPC500 found in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013040200832

V900R015C00

DTS2013040100636.
To solve the failure of
getting RLC parameters
during DCCC process.

332152397.xls

21

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para16

UALGORSVPARAPHY RsvU8Para0

SET UALGORSVPARA N/A

SET
N/A
UALGORSVPARAPHY

332152397.xls

22

Average CPU usage


difference threshold. In
scenarios where DPUe
boards are installed
together with DPUb
boards, if the average
CPU usage of DPUe
boards minus that of
DPUb boards in the
0~255
same subrack is less
than or equal to this
threshold, services
initiated by UEs
complying with 3GPP
Release 8 are
preferentially assigned
to DPUe boards.

None

0~100

Threshold for triggering


reverse pressure that
requests dynamic
CAPS flow control on
the control plane in the
case of user plane CPU
overload. When the
average CPU usage of
the user plane exceeds
this threshold, dynamic
0~255
CAPS flow control is
triggered on all
subsystems of the
control plane.This
parameter is an
advanced parameter
and must be modified
only with the assistance
of Huawei technical
support personnel.

None

0~255

332152397.xls

23

N/A

N/A

85

85

N/A

N/A

332152397.xls

24

DTS2013041501946
This parameter is
added for specifying the
average CPU usage
difference threshold in
the algorithm of R8 UEs
preferentially selecting
DPUe for service
processing. When the
average CPU usage of
V900R015C00SPC500
DPUe boards minus
that of DPUb boards in
the same subrack is
less than or equal to
this threshold, services
initiated by UEs
complying with 3GPP
Release 8 are
preferentially assigned
to DPUe boards.

This parameter is
added for configuring
the threshold for
triggering reverse
pressure that requests
V900R015C00SPC500
dynamic CAPS flow
control on the control
plane in the case of
user plane CPU
overload.

332152397.xls

25

UALGORSVPARAPHY RsvU8Para1

SET
N/A
UALGORSVPARAPHY

UALGORSVPARAPHY RsvSwitch0

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UALGORSVPARAPHY 0_BIT2

332152397.xls

26

Threshold for restoring


reverse pressure that
requests dynamic
CAPS flow control on
the control plane in the
case of user plane CPU
overload.When the
average CPU usage of
the user plane is less
than this threshold, the
0~255
dynamic CAPS flow
control is stopped on all
subsystems of the
control plane.This
parameter is an
advanced parameter
and must be modified
only with the assistance
of Huawei technical
support personnel.

None

0~255

Whether the ASN1


coding scheme takes
corrective measures
when the setting of an
optional IE over the Uu
interface conflicts with
its controlling bit. Such
a conflict occurs when
the controlling bit is set
to 1 but the sub-IEs in
the IE are set to 0.
Under this
circumstance, the
ASN1 coding scheme 0,1
considers the value of
the controlling bit as 0
and performs encoding
accordingly.
When this switch is
turned on, the ASN1
coding scheme takes
corrective measures.
When this switch is
turned off, the ASN1
coding scheme does
not take corrective
measures.

None

0,1

332152397.xls

27

80

80

N/A

N/A

N/A

This parameter reduces


the length of ASN1
code stream in the case
of conflicting setting
between optional IEs
over the Uu interface
and their controlling
bits.

332152397.xls

28

This parameter is
added for specifying the
threshold for restoring
reverse pressure that
V900R015C00SPC500 requests dynamic
CAPS flow control on
the control plane in the
case of user plane CPU
overload.

DTS2013042209427
This parameter is
added for controlling
the risk caused by
V900R015C00SPC500 conflict settings
between optional IEs
over the Uu interface
and their controlling
bits.

332152397.xls

29

UALGORSVPARA

ReservedSwitch3

SET
UALGORSVPARAR

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT1

UALGORSVPARA

ReservedSwitch3

SET
UALGORSVPARAR

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT2

332152397.xls

30

Whether the RNC uses


the AM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message when
a UE transmits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned
on, and the RNC uses 0,1
the AM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
0: This switch is turned
off, and the RNC uses
the UM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.

None

0,1

Whether the RNC uses


the AM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message when a UE
transmits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
1: This switch is turned
on, and the RNC uses
0,1
the AM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message.
0: This switch is turned
off, and the RNC uses
the UM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message.

None

0,1

332152397.xls

31

N/A

If the UE cannot
process the RADIO
BEARER SETUP
message in UM mode:
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
delivers the message in
AM mode, the CS RAB
setup success rate and
PS RAB setup success
rate increase, but the
number of SRB resets
and the PS call drop
rate increase.
When this switch is
turned off, the CS RAB
setup success rate and
PS RAB setup success
rate decrease.
If the UE can process
the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message in UM
mode, there is no
impact on network
performance.

N/A

If the UE cannot
process the RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message in UM mode:
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
delivers the message in
AM mode, the
VS.SuccRBRecfg value
increases, but the
number of SRB resets
and the PS call drop
rate increase.
When this switch is
turned off, the success
rate of UE transition
from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH
decreases.
If the UE can process
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message in UM mode,
there is no impact on
network performance.

332152397.xls

32

V900R014C00SPH522 N/A

V900R014C00SPH522 N/A

332152397.xls

33

UALGORSVPARA

ReservedSwitch3

SET
UALGORSVPARAR

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT3

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch4

SET
UALGORSVPARAR

RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT7

332152397.xls

34

Whether the RNC uses


the AM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message when a UE
transmits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned
on, and the RNC uses
0,1
the AM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message.
0: This switch is turned
off, and the RNC uses
the UM mode to deliver
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message.

None

0,1

Whether the RNC reattempts to apply for


DCH resources when
the NodeB sends to the
RNC cause value notenough-user-planeprocessing-resources
during the request of EDCH or HS-DSCH
resources for an intra0,1
RAT handover.
1: This switch is turned
on, and the RNC reattempts to apply for
the DCH resources in
the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned
off, and the RNC stops
applying for any
channel resources.

NULL

0,1

332152397.xls

35

N/A

If the UE cannot
process the RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message in UM mode:
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
delivers the message in
AM mode, the
VS.SuccRBRecfg value
increases, but the
number of SRB resets
and the PS call drop
rate increase.
When this switch is
turned off, the success
rate of UE transition
from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH decreases.
If the UE can process
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message in UM mode,
there is no impact on
network performance.

N/A

After this switch is


turned on, the intra-RAT
handover success rate
increases and the call
drop rate decreases.

332152397.xls

36

V900R014C00SPH522 N/A

This parameter is used


to solve the problem
V900R015C00SPC500 found in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013041706255

332152397.xls

37

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET
UALGORSVPARAR

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT7

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch4

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT5

332152397.xls

38
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_
COMBINE_SWITCH of
the
[PARA]HoSwitch1[/PAR
A] parameter in the
[MML]SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H[/MML] command are
turned on.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
filters out the
neighboring LTE cells
based on the principle
of preferentially
selecting a maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and four LTE
TDD EARFCNs,
0,1
preferentially selects
the neighboring LTE
cells with the largest
number of times the
LTE cells are
configured as the
neighboring cells for
different cells in the
active set until the
number of the selected
neighboring LTE cells
meets the
specifications, and then
filters out the excessive
neighboring LTE cells to
obtain the candidate
neighboring cell list.
When this switch is

NULL

0,1

Whether a UE is
allowed to perform a
non-coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection after a
redirection from UMTS
to LTE when
HO_U2L_REDIR_BAS
ED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ
_SWITCH of the
HoSwitch1 parameter 0,1
in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command is turned
on. When this switch is
turned on, the UE is not
allowed to be redirected
back to LTE. When this
switch is turned off, the
UE is allowed to be
redirected back to LTE.

None

0,1

332152397.xls

39

N/A

When this switch is


turned on, the
neighboring LTE cell
combination algorithm
can select more
candidate neighboring
cells and the number of
handovers or
redirections from UMTS
to LTE increases.

None

After this switch is


turned on, the number
of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections decreases.

332152397.xls

40

This parameter is used


to solve the problem
V900R015C00SPC500 found in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013040600565

This parameter is used


to solve the problem
V900R015C00SPC500 found in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013033004296

332152397.xls

41

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT11

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para15

SET UALGORSVPARA N/A

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch7

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT7

42

Whether the RNC can


initiate an inter-RNC
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this
switch is turned on, the
RNC can initiate an
0,1
inter-RNC UMTS-toLTE redirection. When
this switch is turned off,
the RNC cannot initiate
an inter-RNC UMTS-toLTE redirection.

None

0,1

Threshold for number


of load sharing data
synchronization in
multiple subsystems
when the RNC in Pool
feature is enabled.
When the number of
data synchronizations
reaches this threshold,
all data is synchronized
in a single subsystem.
If this parameter is set
to 0, the number of load
sharing data
synchronization in
0~255
multiple subsystems is
5.
If this parameter is set
to 1, data
synchronization using a
single subsystem is not
used.
If this parameter is set
to a value between 5
and 255, the parameter
value indicates the
number of load sharing
data synchronization in
multiple subsystems.

NULL

0,1,5~255

CE resource
preemption optimization
switch.
When this switch is
turned on, the method
for calculating the CE
0,1
resources of the
preempted users is
optimized.
When this switch is
turned off, the original
method applies.

NULL

0,1

332152397.xls

43

None

After this switch is


turned on, the number
of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections increases.

N/A

None

N/A

When this switch is


turned on, the CE
resource preemption
success rate improves.

332152397.xls

44

This parameter is used


to solve the problem
V900R015C00SPC500 found in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013042509972

A data synchronization
mechanism using
single subsystem is
added to solve the
problem that data
synchronization fails
due to inconsistent
database PI buffer data
among the subsystems
V900R015C00SPC500 of the master RNC for
load sharing when RNC
in Pool is enabled. This
parameter is used to
implement data
synchronization in a
single subsystem when
data synchronization
among multiple
subsystems fails.

After the trouble of the


trouble ticket number
DTS2013040900974 is
resolved, the new
mechanism is used.
V900R015C00SPC500
This switch is added to
ensure smooth function
item upgrade and
controllable upgrade
changes.

332152397.xls

45

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch2

UALGORSVPARAPHY RsvSwitch2

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT6

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UALGORSVPARAPHY 2_BIT1

332152397.xls

46

Smooth CPU
processing policy
selection switch for cell
update flow control.
1: This switch is turned
off. The average CPU
usage is calculated
every 10s.
2: This switch is turned
on. The average CPU
usage is calculated
every 4s.
0,1
Note:
This switch takes effect
only when
RELIABILITY_CELLUP
T_FC_ENH_SWITCH
of the
[PARA]ReliabilitySwitch
[/PARA] parameter in
the [MML]SET
UNBMPARA[/MML]
command is turned off.

NULL

0,1

CAPS flow control


algorithm optimization
switch for RRC
connections.
When this switch is
turned on, the
percentage of highpriority RRC
connections allowed
during the dynamic
CAPS flow control
increases.
When this switch is
turned off, the
percentage of highpriority RRC
connections allowed
during the dynamic
CAPS flow control is
unchanged.

NULL

0,1

0,1

332152397.xls

47

N/A

When
RELIABILITY_CELLUP
T_FC_ENH_SWITCH
of the
[PARA]ReliabilitySwitch
[/PARA] parameter in
the [MML]SET
UNBMPARA[/MML]
command is turned off
and this switch is
turned on, there is a
high probability that cell
update messages are
rejected using flow
control, which reduces
the CPU load of the
SPU subsystem.

N/A

When this switch is


turned off, more highpriority RRC
connections are
allowed during the
dynamic CAPS flow
control, which improves
the success rate of
high-priority RRC
connection setup.

332152397.xls

48

For details about the


optimized CPU usagebased cell update flow
control policy, see the
V900R015C00SPC500
description of the
resolved issue
DTS2013032007691 in
the release notes.

For details, see the


description of the
resolved issue
DTS2013040704966 in
the release notes.
V900R015C00SPC500 Turning off this switch
ensures upgrade
smoothing. Turning on
this switch improves the
success rate of highpriority service setup.

332152397.xls

MO

Parameter ID

MML Command

BIT

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT3

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch2

SET UALGORSVPARA

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU32Para1

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT16~BIT31

332152397.xls

Meaning

Disuse Statement

Introduced in Version

Disuse Version

Whether the enhanced


CPU usage-based cell
update flow control
function can be
enabled.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC first
determines which
subsystem on an SPU
has the highest CPU
usage and then
performs cell update
flow control based on
the highest CPU usage.
0: This switch is turned
off. The enhanced CPU
usage-based cell
update flow control
function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ReliabilitySwitch:RELIA
BILITY_CELLUPT_FC_
ENH_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

Specifies the high traffic


indication threshold for
BE services used in the
abnormal air interfacebased H2F transition.
When the BE service
traffic is higher than this
threshold, the BE
service traffic is
considered to be high.
Value range: 165535
Unit: 10 bytes
Parameter relationship:
The values of BIT0 to
BIT15 in RsvU32Para1
are not greater than
those of BIT16 to BIT31
in RsvU32Para1.
When the value of this
parameter is out of the
value range or the
parameter relationship
is not met, this
parameter is set to 102.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FHIghTvmT
hd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
s reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

UIMEITAC

PROCESSSWITCH

ADD UIMEITAC

RSVDBIT1_BIT4

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit16

332152397.xls

Whether the RNC


allows a UE of a type
allocation code (TAC) to
enter the CELL_PCH or
CELL_URA state.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC prohibits
the UE of the specified
TAC from entering the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. When
determining that the UE
enters the CELL_PCH
or CELL_URA state,
the RNC directly
releases the RRC
connection.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC allows the
UE of the specified TAC
to enter the CELL_PCH
or CELL_URA state.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
TAC_FUNC=Special_U
ser_Enhance,
SpecUserFunctionSwitc
h=PCH_DISABLED_S
WITCH(ADD
UIMEITAC)

For details about TAC,


see the TAC parameter
in the ADD UIMEITAC
command.

Sets a detection mode


for intra-SCUa board
communication failures
and resets the SCUa
board.
1: strict detection mode.
The communication
fails if a small number
of packets are detected
in within a certain
period.
0: loose detection
mode. The
communication fails if a
large number of
packets are detected in
within a certain period.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C00SPH532
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT13(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter10

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0~Bit15

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT16

332152397.xls

Period for calculating


the average CPU load
that is used for
adjusting the flow
control threshold for
interface boards. This
period ranges from 1
second to 10 seconds.
The default value is 0.
When this parameter is
set to 0 the default
period 1s is applied.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with IntFcPeriod(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

Whether the RNC


triggers directed retry
decision (DRD) when a
UE transits from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned
on. After receiving the
cell update message
that is reported by the
UE and carries the
cause value of uplink
data transmission or
paging response, the
RNC triggers DRD
when a UE transits
from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
0: This switch is turned
off. After receiving the
cell update message
that is reported by the
UE and carries the
cause value of uplink
data transmission or
paging response, the
RNC does not trigger
DRD when a UE
transits from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:RN
C_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT19

DEVRSVDPARA

RSVDSW3

SET DEVRSVDPARA

BIT0

ETHSWITCH

RESSW3

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT1

332152397.xls

Whether the RNC


triggers load control
when the MPU and
SPU have excessive
CPU usage.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC triggers
load control depending
on the CPU usage of
the MPU and SPU.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
trigger load control
depending on the CPU
usage of the MPU and
SPU.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
V900R012C01SPC200
this parameter, the
V900R013
V900R015C00
system does not use
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with MPUSW(SET
FCSW).

Whether to enable selfhealing for faulty


GCUa, GCGa, SPUa,
SPUb, POUc, FG2c,
GOUc, PEUc, UOIc, or
AOUc boards that work
in active/standby mode.
If this switch is turned
on, the standby board
is reset when a fault
occurs on the active or
standby board. If this
switch is turned off,
both active and standby
boards are reset when
a fault occurs on the
active or standby
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
MSDETECTSW(SET
ETHSWITCH).

Whether to enable the


function of reloading
the microcode. Different
bits control different
types of board.
Bit 1: When a chip
communication fault
occurs on the PEUa,
AEUa, FG2a, GOUa,
AOUa, POUa, or UOIa
board, the board
automatically reloads
the microcode.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT14(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT9

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT1

332152397.xls

10

Whether a UE can
preempt resources
during a state transition
from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for
short) with the cause
value of Originating
Conversational Call or
Terminating
Conversational Call
after the cell resource
admission fails
0: This switch is turned
off. The UE cannot
preempt resources after
the cell resource
admission fails.
1: This switch is turned
on. The UE can
preempt resources from
PS BE services after
the cell resource
admission fails.

This parameter is
replaced with
CsP2DPreemptSwitch(
SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
UQUEUEPREEMPT).T
his reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether the RNC


considers signal quality
of the active set during
a hard handover
triggered by periodic
inter-frequency
measurement reports.
0: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
does not consider
signal quality of the
active set.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
considers signal quality
of the active set.

This parameter is
replaced with HoSwitch:
HO_HHO_WITH_INTR
A_FREQ_MR_SWITCH
(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to enable the


self-healing function
when board
communication quality
deteriorates. Different
bits control different
types of board.
Bit 1: When
communication quality
deteriorates on the
DPUb board, the board
is automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT13(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

11

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter5

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

NA

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter20

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

NA

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit7

332152397.xls

12

Whether to allow CID


preemption when a
conflict occurs during
CID allocation.
After this switch is
turned on, the following
procedure is performed
if a CID requested by
the peer end has been
occupied:
If the CID has been
occupied by the peer
end, the CID will be
preempted by the peer
end and the service
occupying that CID will
be released.
If the CID has been
occupied by the local
end, the service of the
peer end fails and the
service occupying that
CID will be checked to
ensure that it can be
released normally.
This function is enabled
when this parameter is
set to ON, and this
function is disabled
when this parameter is
set to OFF.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
CIDCollisionPreemptSw
(SET TNSOFTPARA).

Whether the Iur AAL2


route load sharing is
enabled
20110803: This switch
is turned on.
Other values: This
switch is turned off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with RTMODE(ADD
ADJNODE).

Whether to monitor the


status of the packet
reception module of the
logical chip on the
AOUa board's daughter
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

13

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT12

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT7

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT11

UCELLALGOSWITCH

332152397.xls

14

Whether the RNC


monitors and rectifies
any error in the number
of equivalent users.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
rectifies any faults in
equivalent user
resources.
0:When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not rectifies any
faults in equivalent user
resources.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function does not need
to be configured
manually.

Whether to use the


optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE
services
0: The optimized
algorithm does not take
effect. The original
mechanism is
implemented.
1: The optimized
algorithm takes effect.
After HSUPA services
are configured or
reconfigured with 10 ms
TTI due to network
resource (admission
CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or
consumed CEs)
congestion or
insufficient coverage,
these UEs cannot
change to use 2 ms TTI
if no data needs to be
transmitted.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_HSUPA_TTI_
RECFG_PROC_OPT_
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether resource
allocation for CS RAB
setups is optimized.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the power,
code, and CE resource
occupation thresholds
used during an RRC
connection setup and
CS RAB setup are
optimized to increase
the CS service setup
success rate.
0: This switch is turn
off.

This parameter is
replaced with
RRCCeCodeCacChoic
e(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
V900R014C00SPC500
UCELLALGOSWITCH). V900R013C00SPH526
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013

332152397.xls

15

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara2

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT4

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21

332152397.xls

16

Whether the PS RAB


release is calculated as
a service drop
1: This switch is turned
on. The PS RAB
release is calculated as
a service drop if the
RNC initiates the PS
RAB release with the
cause value of
abnormal but the CN is
with the release cause
value of normal.
0: This switch is turned
off. The PS RAB
release is not
calculated as a service
drop if the RNC initiates
the PS RAB release
with the cause value of
abnormal but the CN is
with the release cause
value of normal.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
parameter is replaced
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:P
S_CALL_DROP_DEFI
NITION(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether an RNC
contains Physical
channel information
elements in a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM
message when a UE
sends a CELL UPDATE
message with the
information element
(IE) Reconfiguration
Status Indicator during
an RB setup or
reconfiguration
procedure.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC contains
Physical channel
information elements in
the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC does not
contain Physical
channel information
elements in the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM
message.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:R
B_CU_CROSS_COMP
ATIBLE_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPC522 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

17

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT6

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara4

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT3

332152397.xls

18

Sets the scope of UEs


on which adjusting the
uplink rate using AMRC
is delayed. This
parameter takes effect
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT5 in the SET
UCORRMPARA
command is turned on.
0: This switch is turned
off. AMRC uplink rate
adjustment delay is
enabled for all UEs.
1: This switch is turned
on. The scope of UEs
on which rate
adjustment is delayed
is configured by running
the ADD UIMEITAC
command. This function
requires the CN to
support CS IMEI query.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH558
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPH512
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_AMRC_DEL
AY_UE_COMP_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Controls whether the


PS service in CS+PS
composite services is
released after an
inactive detecting timer
expires. For parameters
related to the PS
service inactive
detecting timer, see
SET UPSINACTTIMER
command.
ON (this parameter is
set to ENABLE):
indicates that the PS
service in CS+PS
composite services is
released after the CS
service is released
rather than after the
inactive detecting timer
expires.
OFF (this parameter is
set to DISABLE):
indicates that the PS
service in CS+PS
composite services is
released after the
inactive detecting timer
expires.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R014C00SPC200
parameter is replaced
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:P
S_INACT_NOTREL_F
OR_CSPS_SWITCH(S
ET URRCTRLSWITCH)

332152397.xls

19

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT5

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit23

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT13

332152397.xls

20

Whether a directed
retry decision (DRD)
and a H2D procedure
are triggered when the
timer for message
exchange on the Uu or
Iub interface expires
0: When this switch is
turned off, a DRD and
an H2D procedure are
not triggered if the timer
for message exchange
on the Uu or Iub
interface expires.
1: When this switch is
turned on, a DRD and a
H2D procedure can be
triggered if the timer for
message exchange on
the Uu or Iub interface
expires.
This switch is turned on
by default.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_
TRIG_DRD_SWITCH(S
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R014C00SPC200
ET
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


UOIP packet check
function. If this function
is enabled, a board will
discard the packets that
fail in the UOIP payload
check.
1: This switch is turned
on. The UOIP packet
check function is
enabled.
0: This switch is turned
off. The UOIP packet
check function is
disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT6(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


monitors and rectifies
faults in code
resources.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
rectifies any faults in
code resources.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC do
not rectifies any faults
in code resources.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function does not need
to be configured
manually.

V900R015C00

V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013

332152397.xls

21

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT10

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit0

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit5

332152397.xls

22

Whether the
independent active set
is allowed. When a UE
is in the independent
active set state, both EDCH and DCH links are
available in the uplink
of the UE, and at least
one cell for the UE has
only the DCH link.
1: This switch is turned
on. The UE cannot be
in the independent
active set state.
0: This switch is turned
off. The UE can be in
the independent active
set state.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
SoftFailE2DSwitch(SET
UINTRAFREQHO).

Whether to enable the


static random access
memory (SRAM) parity
check function. The
SRAM parity check
function is used to
detect single bit-flips in
the SRAM.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
BRDRAMSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

Whether to monitor the


status of the packet
reception module of the
logical chip on the
POUa board's daughter
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

23

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT10

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para1

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

332152397.xls

24

Whether to prohibit
periodic retries for
CS+PS combined
services.
1: This switch is turned
on. Periodic retries are
prohibited for CS+PS
combined services.
0: This switch is turned
off. Periodic retries are
allowed for CS+PS
combined services.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R014C00SPC200
parameter is replaced
with
DraSwitch:DRA_CSPS
_NO_PERIOD_RETRY
_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Initial uplink rate of a


PS service carried on
R99 when a UE state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is triggered
by CS service
establishment.
Value range: 0 to 255.
Valid value range: 1 to
8, which correspond to
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144,
256, and 384 kbps,
respectively. By default,
this parameter is set to
1. When users set this
parameter to a value
beyond the valid value
range, the default value
is restored.

This parameter is
replaced with
UlDchBeC2DBitRatefor
Amr(SET UFRC).This V900R013C00SPC552 V900R014C00SPC200
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

25

UNRNCRSVPARA

RSVSWITCH0

SET UNRNCRSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit22

RsvdPara1

ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA

RSVDBIT1

UNODEBALGOPARA

332152397.xls

26
information elements
(IEs) "HS-DSCH
configured indicator"
and "HARQ Info for EDCH" in an RADIO
LINK
RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message on
the Iur interface have
the same values as
those in an RADIO
LINK SETUP
REQUEST message on
the Iur interface during
a handover over the Iur
interface.
1: This switch is turned
on. These two
messages cannot
contain the same IE
values for the IEs HSDSCH configured
indicator and HARQ
Info for E-DCH.
0: This switch is turned
off. These two
messages can contain
the same values for the
IEs HS-DSCH
configured indicator
and HARQ Info for EDCH.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter
and must be modified
only with the assistance
from Huawei technical

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:HSDPA
_IE_COMPATIBLE_SW
ITCH(ADD/MOD
UNRNC).

Although the
configuration interface
Whether to enable the in this version supports
function of restricting
delivery of the setting of
the Ethernet OAM
this parameter, the
(ETHOAM) packet rate. system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned this parameter. This
V900R013
off.
parameter is replaced
1: This switch is turned with
on.
ETHOAMPKTEXCEED
SW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

The function does not


need to be configured
Whether to enable
manually.This reserved
NodeB-level call shock
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Versions earlier than


V900R011
V900R011C00SPC720
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013

332152397.xls

27

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter19

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0~Bit7

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit2

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT1

332152397.xls

28

Whether flow control is


performed on SCTP
packets based on the
CPU usage of an XPU
board.
0: When this switch is
turned on, flow control
is triggered for SCTP
packets if the CPU
usage of an XPU board
exceeds flow control
threshold.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with M3UAFcSw(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

Whether to enable the


functions of
automatically detecting
and rectifying packet
reception exceptions on
the ETH daughter
board's transmission
chip. This function
helps improve system
reliability.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

Whether released calls


are measured as
dropped calls after the
RNC receives the
GTPU ERROR
Indication message
from the core network.
1: This switch is turned
on. Released calls are
not measured as
dropped calls.
0: This switch is turned
off. Released PS calls
are measured as
dropped calls.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH558
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC510
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch=GT
PU_ERR_IND_DEF_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

29

URRRSVDPARA

RsvdPara7

SET URRRSVDPARA

N/A

ETHSWITCH

RESSW4

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT0

332152397.xls

30

Length of the timer that


is used to wait for a
response message
from the UE during an
RRC connection setup
procedure. When this
timer expires, the RNC
releases the RRC
connection. The
RsvdPara7 parameter
replaces the
RrcUeRspTmr
parameter specified in
the SET
USTATETIMER
command. The
RsvdPara7 parameter
is valid only when the
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 switch of the
RsvSwitch0 parameter
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is turned on.
Unit: ms
Value Range:
100~60000
Recommended Value:
10000
If this parameter is not
set to a value in its
value range, the system
assigns 10000 to this
parameter.

This parameter is
replaced with
RrcUeRspTmr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


self-healing function
when IPC intermittent
disconnections occur
on an interface board.
When an IPC
intermittent
disconnection occurs
on the PEUa, AEUa,
FG2a, GOUa, AOUa,
POUa, or UOIa board,
the board is
automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT16(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00

332152397.xls

31

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT31

332152397.xls

32

Whether the RNC


performs compatibility
processing when
receiving a Signalling
Connection Release
Indication (SCRI)
message that carries
the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data
Session End" when CS
and PS combined
services are being
processed.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
perform compatibility
processing and
discards the SCRI
message.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC carries
the "Signalling
connection release ind"
information element in
the RB release
message, instructing
UEs to release their
PS-domain signaling
connections.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch:SC
RI_COMPATIBLE_SWI
TCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether all the


following quick
reconfiguration
procedures are
supported for a hard
handover of PS
services:
Physical channel
reconfiguration
Transport channel
reconfiguration
RB setup or
reconfiguration
1: When this switch is
turned on, all these
quick reconfiguration
procedures are
supported for a hard
handover of PS
services.
0: When this switch is
turned off, all these
quick reconfiguration
procedures are not
supported for a hard
handover of PS
services.

This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:P
S_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

33

ETHSWITCH

RESSW3

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT2

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14

332152397.xls

34

Whether to enable the


function of reloading
the microcode. Different
bits control different
types of board.
Bit 2: When a chip
communication fault
occurs on the DPUb
board, the board
automatically reloads
the microcode.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT15(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

Whether an RNC
processes RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST messages
retransmitted by a UE
using the value of the
N300 parameter
specified in the SET
UIDLEMODETIMER
command as the upper
threshold and whether
the RsvdPara7
parameter specified in
the SET
URRRSVDPARA
command takes effect.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC processes
RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST messages
based on the value of
the N300 parameter.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC does not
calculate how many
times the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message
has been processed
and the RsvdPara7
parameter specified in
the SET
URRRSVDPARA
command takes effect.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:R
RC_CON_REQ_TIMES
_COMPATIBLE_SWIT
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
CH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

35

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para2

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT16~BIT17

332152397.xls

36

Whether initial TTI


selection is allowed for
differentiated BE
services based on
fairness
0: This switch is turned
off. The TTI is selected
according to the original
algorithm.
1: This switch is turned
on. In the dynamic TTI
adjustment algorithm
for differentiated BE
services based on
fairness, HSUPA UEs
use 10-ms TTI if the
RTWP, occupied Iub
bandwidth, or
consumed CE
resources are
congested.

This parameter is
replaced with
DraSwitch:DRA_BASE
_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_S
EL_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Sets the channel bearer


for the PS service in the
uplink in the RCS-e
scenario.
The value of this
parameter ranges from
1 to 3.
If this parameter is set
to 1, the PS service is
fixedly carried on the
DCH in the uplink, and
the maximum rate in
the uplink depends on
the configuration of
BIT12-BIT15 for the
parameter ID
ReservedU32Para2.
If this parameter is set
to 2, 10 ms HSUPA TTI
services are supported
in the uplink.
If this parameter is set
to 3, 2 ms HSUPA TTI
services are supported
in the uplink.
If this parameter is set
to other values, the
recommended value is
1, and the PS service is
fixedly carried on the
DCH in the uplink.

This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsUlChlType(SET V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
parameter is deleted in
current version.

332152397.xls

37

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter8

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0~Bit7

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT7

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT19

332152397.xls

38

Whether to enable the


M3UA link check
function. When this
parameter is not set to
0xCC, the state
consistency check
function between the
SCTP link and M3UA
link will be enabled, and
the SCTP link will be
set up again if they stay
in different states.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Enables the dynamic


congestion flow control
function based on
interprocess
communication (IPC). If
the number of IPC
messages over the
SPUb board exceeds
the congestion
threshold, the flow
control function is
enabled.
0: This parameter is set
to DISABLE.
1: This parameter is set
to ENABLE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether the RNC


measures some
performance counters
related to inter-system
handovers in Directed
Signaling Connection
Re-establishment
(DSCR) scenarios: The
IDs of the preceding
performance counters
are 73394022,
73425008, 73423107,
73425013, and
73425009.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC does not
measure the
performance counters
in DSCR scenarios.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC measures
the performance
counters in DSCR
scenarios.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:IR
ATHO_CNT_CORREC
T_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPH514 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

39

URRRSVDPARA

RsvdPara5

SET URRRSVDPARA

N/A

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit4

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT29

332152397.xls

40

Sets the duration of a


timer from the time
when the RNC sends
an Initial Direct Transfer
message to the CN to
the time when the CN
responds to the Initial
Direct Transfer
message. When the
timer expires, user
access to the CS or PS
domain in the initial
direct transfer message
process fails.
Value range: 0 to
429496729
Unit: millisecond
Valid range: 5000 to
20000
Default value 0
indicates that the valid
value of this paramter is
5000.

This parameter is
replaced with
InitDTWaitCNRspTmr(
SET
USTATETIMER).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to report F5
alarm indication signal
(AIS) and remote defect
indication (RDI) alarms
based on the F5
continuity check (CC)
status.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
F5OamAlmSwitch(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Whether the RNC


sends MM NULL
messages to the CN
the RNC after receiving
an IDENTITY
RESPONSE message
from the UE, instead of
the CN sends an
IDENTITY REQUEST
message to a UE.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
sends an MM NULL
message to the CN.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not send an MM
NULL message to the
CN.

This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:S
END_MSG_NULL_SWI
TCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00

332152397.xls

41

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT9

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT4

332152397.xls

42

Whether an HSUPA
common channel can
preempt code
resources used by
common users during
HSUPA common
channel setup
0: When this switch is
turned off, an HSUPA
common channel
cannot preempt code
resources used by
common users during
HSUPA common
channel setup
1: When this switch is
turned on, an HSUPA
common channel can
preempt code
resources used by
common users during
HSUPA common
channel setup

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_HSUPA_CCH_
PREEMPT_USER(SET V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to delete the


cell measurement set
after deactivating a cell.
0: This switch is turned
off. The cell
measurement set is
deleted after cell
deactivation.
1: This switch is turned
on. After cell
deactivation, the cell
measurement set is
reserved and the
unavailable duration for
the cell caused by
deactivation is
measured by the
VS.Cell.UnavailTime
counter.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_DEACELL_PF
V900R013C00SPC582
MRSV_SWITCH(SET
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether narrowband
AMRC is allowed when
the AMRC algorithm
switch
(CORRM_CS_AMRC_
SWITCH) is turned on
0: When this switch is
turned off, narrowband
AMRC is allowed.
1: When this switch is
turned on, narrowband
AMRC is not allowed.

This parameter is
replaced with
CsSwitch:CS_AMRC_N
B_CMP_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

332152397.xls

43

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT4

332152397.xls

44

Whether DRD can be


performed during AMR
service establishment if
signaling is carried over
HSPA
0: When this switch is
turned off, DRD can be
performed during AMR
service establishment
when signaling is
carried over HSPA.
1: When this switch is
turned on, DRD cannot
be performed during
AMR service
establishment when
signaling is carried over
HSPA.

This parameter is
replaced with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_SR
B_H_AMR_DRD_HHO
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether an RNC
contains the MAC-hs
reset indicator in the
PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
and RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
messages sent to a UE
in the following
scenarios:
A serving cell changes
over the Iur interface.
A channel
reconfiguration
procedure is initiated
when the serving cell
changes.
0: This switch is turned
on. The PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
and RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
messages contain the
IE MAC-hs reset
indicator.
1: This switch is turned
off. The PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
and RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
messages do not
contain the IE MAC-hs
reset indicator.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH557
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC520
with
OptimizationSwitch:IUR
_SRV_CELL_CHG_MA
CHS_RESET_SWITCH
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

45

ETHSWITCH

RESSW6

SET ETHSWITCH

332152397.xls

BIT1

46

Startup delay switch.


This switch applies to
SCUa, SCUb, GCUa,
GCGa, SPUa, SPUb,
POUc, FG2c, GOUc,
PEUc, UOIc, and AOUc
boards that work in
active/standby mode.
When this switch is
turned on, active
boards will restart after
a delay of 30s if backup
channels become faulty
and fault-triggered
resets are performed
on these active boards.
When this switch is
turned off, active
boards will restart
without delay if backup
channels become faulty
and fault-triggered
resets are performed
on these active boards.
When the parameter is
set to 0, the switch is
turned off.
When the parameter is
set to 1, the switch is
turned on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT20(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

47

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT7

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter7

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit4

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit18

332152397.xls

48

Whether the following


two functions can be
enabled:If the current
rate of the PS BE
service is 0 kbit/s and
event 4A triggeredDCCC service rate
increasing fails for a
CS+PS BE combined
service, the RNC does
not release the PS BE
service after a timer set
by the
ZeroRateUpFailToRelTi
merLen parameter in
the SET UCOIFTIMER
command expires.
A UE processing a
CS+PS BE combined
service immediately
transits to the
CELL_FACH state if the
CS service is released
and the PS BE service
has no data
transmission.
1: This switch is turned
on. The preceding
functions can be
enabled.
0: This switch is turned
off. The preceding
functions are disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_PS_S
TATE_TRANS_WHEN_
CS_REL_SWITCH(SE
T
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Processing policy after


a fault is detected on an
IP path over the Iur
interface.
The meaning of the
value is as follows:
0: the IP path will be
isolated.
1: the priority of the IP
path will be lowered.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IurPathFaultPolicy(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Whether to screen F5
delivery of the setting of
alarms at the physical
this parameter, the
link layer.
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
0: This switch is turned
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R013
off.
parameter is replaced
1: This switch is turned
with
on.
PHYALMSHIELDF5AL
MSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

49

UNODEBALGOPARA

RsvdPara2

ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

BIT1~BIT31

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT5

50

Number of RRC
connection setup
requests that can be
admitted per second in
a cell during NCP
congestion flow control
The number of RRC
connection setup
requests that can be
admitted per second in
a NodeB equals to the
number of this
parameter multiplies
the number of activated
cells in the NodeB.
Value range: 2~255

The function does not


need to be configured
manually.This reserved V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
parameter is deleted in
current version.

processing
specifications for users
with different uplink
bearer services, for
example, HSUPA TTI 2
ms services, HSUPA
TTI 10 ms services,
and R99 services.
When serving a large
number of users, the
system cannot
guarantee that all users
can access the network
with the highest service
bearer supported by
UEs. This switch
specifies whether the
RNC allocates
corresponding channels
for new users based on
the cell capability
reported through the
NodeB private
interface.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC
dynamically selects an
appropriate uplink
service bearer and
allocates corresponding
channels for new users
to maximize the system
capacity based on the
actual NodeB
processing
specifications.
0: This switch is turned

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_CELL_HSUPA
_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

51

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14

URRRSVDPARA

RsvdPara3

SET URRRSVDPARA

N/A

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA1

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

NA

332152397.xls

52

Whether wideband
AMRC can be adjusted
level by level according
to the data rate sets
configured by the CN
0: This switch is turned
off. Wideband AMRC
cannot be adjusted
level by level.
1: This switch is turned
on. Wideband AMRC
can be adjusted level
by level.

This parameter is
replaced with
CsSwitch:CS_AMRC_
WB_RATE_ADJUST_G
RADUALLY_SWITCH(
V900R013C00SPH532 V900R014C00SPC200
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Wait time IE contained


in an RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT message for a
low-priority RRC
connection setup
request
An RRC connection
setup request has a
high priority when either
of the following
conditions is met:
- The value of the CN
domain identity IE
contained in the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message
sent from the UE to the
RNC is CS domain.
- The cause value
contained in the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message is
Originating
Conversational Call,
Terminating
Conversational Call, or
Emergency Call.
Value range: 015

This parameter is
replaced with
LowRrcConnRejWaitT
mr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200

Although the
configuration interface
Switch for setting the
in this version supports
function of self-healing
delivery of the setting of
for chip fault on the
this parameter, the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
V900R012C01SPC500
system does not use
V900R015C00
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
V900R013
this parameter. This
boards. The function is
parameter is replaced
enabled by the default
with
value (OFF).
BPCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

53

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter18

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit1

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT28
H

ETHSWITCH

SET ETHSWITCH

RESSW6

332152397.xls

BIT0

54

Whether to turn on the


internal resource check
switch for the MPU.
When this bit is set to
0, the switch is turned
on, and when this bit is
set to 1, the switch is
turned off.
This bit is set to 0 by
default.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state is
allowed to set up a CS
service after performing
a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCHto-CELL_DCH (P2D for
short) state transition
0: When this switch is
turned off, the UE is
allowed to set up a CS
service after performing
a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCHto-CELL_FACH (P2F
for short) state
transition.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the UE is
allowed to set up a CS
service after performing
a P2D state transition.
It is recommended that
CORRM_RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT6 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 are set to 1
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT28 is set to 1.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC520
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch=CS
_SETUP_P2D_SWITC
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether to enable the


function of optimizing
the message queue
processing algorithm.
This function is enabled
when the message
volume increases
sharply on the
SPUa/SPUb board.
0: This parameter is set
to DISABLE.
1: This parameter is set
to ENABLE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC582
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPH512
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT19(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

55

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter13

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0~Bit5

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT12

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para2

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7

332152397.xls

56

Although the
configuration interface
Whether the
in this version supports
transmission resource
delivery of the setting of
detection and selfthis parameter, the
healing function is
system does not use
enabled
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
0: This switch is turned
function configured
on.
through this parameter
1: This switch is turned
is deleted or does not
off.
need to be configured
manually.

Whether the service


process unit (SPU)
sends PS service
release messages to
the Iu-PS interface
board in the case of a
faulty IP path, a faulty
Signaling Connection
Control Part (SCCP)
link, or a reset signaling
procedure on the Iu
interface.
0: The SPU does not
send PS service
release messages to
the Iu-PS interface
board.
1: The SPU sends PS
service release
messages to the Iu-PS
interface board.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch=IU_
FAULT_REL_PS_RES_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Specifies the low


throughput indication
threshold for BE
services used in the
abnormal air interfacebased H2F transition.
When the throughput
for BE services is not
greater than this
threshold, the BE
services have low
throughput.
Value range: 132
Unit: kbit/s
Parameter relationship:
The value of
RsvU8Para2 is not
greater than that of
RsvU8Para3.
When the value of this
parameter is out of the
value range or the
parameter relationship
is not met, this
parameter is set to 8.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FLowThrou
Thd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
s reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

57

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para1

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter7

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit3

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit11

332152397.xls

58

Specifies the signal


quality offset of the
target cell relative to the
best cell when D2F
transition is triggered by
the soft handoverbased admission
failure. UEs can transit
from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH only the
following requirement is
met:
The Ec/No of the target
cell for the soft
handover is greater
than the sum of the
Ec/No of the best cell
plus the signal quality
offset.
Value range: 029.
When the value of this
parameter is not in the
value range, 4 is
recommended.
Unit: dB
Recommended value: 4

This parameter is
replaced with
SoftFailD2FOffset(SET
UINTRAFREQHO).This V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Processing policy after


a fault is detected on an
IP path over the Iu-PS
interface.
The meaning of the
value is as follows:
0: the IP path will be
isolated.
1: the priority of the IP
path will be lowered.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IuPSPathFaultPolicy(S
ET TNSOFTPARA).

Whether to enable the


self-healing function for
multicast services after
a link on the backplane
of the SCUa board is
faulty.
If this parameter is set
to 1, the self-healing
function is enabled to
automatically reset the
interface board when
multicast services are
affected by the faulty
link on the backplane of
the interface board.
If this parameter is set
to 0, the self-healing
function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPH558
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT15(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

59

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit27

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3

332152397.xls

60

State monitoring switch


on the PVC transmitting
module inside the
AOUa, AEUa, or UOIa
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PVCTXSELFCURESW(
SET INTBRDPARA).

Whether PTT services


can preempt resources
occupied by PS BE
services if cell resource
admission fails during a
state transition from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D)
0: When this switch is
turned off, PTT services
cannot preempt
resources occupied by
PS BE services after
cell resource admission
fails during a P2D state
transition.
1: When this switch is
turned on, PTT services
can preempt resources
occupied by PS BE
services after cell
resource admission
fails during a P2D state
transition.

This parameter is
replaced with
PTTPreemptAlgoSwitch
(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
UQUEUEPREEMPT).T
his reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

61

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT4

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3

TNRSVDPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TNRSVDPARA

SW1

332152397.xls

62
RadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE to determine
the LTE measurement
capability of UEs on all
supported UMTS
frequency bands.
1: The switch is turned
on. If the UERadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT
_SETUP_CMP
message does not
carry
radioFrequencyBandFD
D and
radioFrequencyBandFD
D2, the RNC considers
measurementCapability
3 in the UERadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE to determine
the LTE measurement
capability of the UEs on
all supported UMTS
frequency bands.
0: This switch is turned
off. If the UERadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT
_SETUP_CMP
message does not
carry
radioFrequencyBandFD
D and
radioFrequencyBandFD

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_UE_LTE_ME
AS_CAP_SWITCH(SE
T UCORRMPARA).

Whether wideband
AMRC is allowed when
the AMRC algorithm
switch
(CORRM_CS_AMRC_
SWITCH) is turned on
0: When this switch is
turned off, wideband
AMRC is allowed.
1: When this switch is
turned on, wideband
AMRC is not allowed.

This parameter is
replaced with
CsSwitch:CS_AMRC_
WB_CMP_SWITCH(SE
T
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Switch for interface


board load sharing
function. This is
effective only for an
adjacent node that is
not in the transmission
resource pool mode.
The default value OFF
indicates the function is
enabled. ON indicates
the function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IPPATHITFBoardLoadS
hareSw(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

332152397.xls

63

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT16

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit23~bit24

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit16

332152397.xls

64

Whether the RNC


prohibits the PS RB
reconfiguration
triggered by an uplink
or downlink event 4A
report if the status is
congested as indicated
by Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC allows the
PS RB reconfiguration
triggered by an event
4A report.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC prohibits
the PS RB
reconfiguration
triggered by an uplink
or downlink event 4A
report if the status is
congested as indicated
by Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC520
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_CSPS_NO_
RATEUP_IN_CONJ_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Level of the flow control


for receiving Point-toPoint Protocol (PPP)
negotiation packets.
The following levels are
available:
0: no flow control;
1: The threshold is 90
pulse per second;
2: The threshold is 60
pulse per second;
3: The threshold is 30
pulse per second.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R013
parameter is replaced
with
PPPRECEIVEPKTFCL
EVEL(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Although the
configuration interface
Whether to enable the
in this version supports
ECC function for the
delivery of the setting of
SDRAM of the AOUa
this parameter, the
board's daughter board.
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned
this parameter. This
on.
parameter is replaced
1: This switch is turned
with
off.
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

65

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit22

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT7
H

UCELLALGOSWITCH

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT10

66

Whether to check
SPUa or SPUb board
multicast entries. The
SPUa or SPUb board is
automatically reset
when it detects
multicast entry errors.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT12(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Whether the user plane delivery of the setting of
part of GPRS tunneling this parameter, the
Protocol (GTPU) is
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC510
reconfigured when a
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
UE in the CELL_PCH
parameter is replaced
state performs a cell
with
update
OptimizationSwitch=P2
P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
the corresponding
threshold offsets.
BIT8 BIT9 BIT10
Typical Value
Admission Policy RT
NRT OTHER
0
0
0 All
switches are turned off
Loose policy Null Null
Null
0
0
1
Typical
value 1 Strict policy1
5
5
0
0
1
0
Typical
value 2 Strict policy 2
0
0
0
0
1
1
Typical
value 3 Strict policy 3
-5 -5
-5
1
0
0
Typical
value 4 Strict policy 4
5
5
-15
1
0
1
Typical
value 5 Strict policy 5
0
0
-15
1
1
0
Typical
value 6 Strict policy 6
-5 -5
-20
1
1
1
Typical
value 7 Strict policy 7
15 10
-10

This parameter is
replaced with
RTRRCCacThdOffset,
NRTRRCCacThdOffset,
OtherRRCCacThdOffse
t(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
UCELLCAC) and
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
RRCCacChoice(ADD/M
OD
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Note:
Uplink admission
threshold:
RTRRCCacThdOffset +
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR

332152397.xls

67

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT8
H

UCORRMPARA

SET UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT8

68

Whether an SPU
subsystem broadcasts
the actual Iub
transmission delay of
the NodeBs configured
on the SPU subsystem
to other SPU
subsystems at a userspecified time
1: When this switch is
turned on, an SPU
subsystem broadcasts
the actual Iub
transmission delay of
the NodeBs configured
on the SPU subsystem
to other SPU
subsystems at three
o'clock in the early
morning.
0: This swtich is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH518
V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526
this parameter. The
function does not need
to be configured
manually.

Whether a UE uses the


same CQIReF and
CQIFbCk parameters in
the single-RLS state
and multi-RLS state
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. A UE uses the
same CQIReF and
CQIFbCk parameters in
the single-RLS state
and multi-RLS state.
The CQIReFforSHO
and CQIFbCkforSHO
parameters are invalid.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_MULTI_RLS_
CQI_PARA_OPT_SWI
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
TCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

69

UL2RSVPARA

RSVSWITCH0

SET UL2RSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter7

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit2

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT8

332152397.xls

70
Whether the RACH
synchronization
mechanism on the RNC
can take effect in all
conditions.
1: The switch is turned
on. The RNC regards
all the NodeBs as
supporting the RACH
synchronization check
function. In this case,
the RACH
synchronization
mechanism on the RNC
can take effect. If the
RNC does not receive
RACH-specific
synchronization frames
from the NodeB 5
minutes, the RNC
determines that FP
synchronization for the
RACH fails and then
reestablishes the
RACH.
0: The switch is turned
off. The RNC regards a
NodeB as supporting
the function only after
receiving RACHspecific synchronization
frames from the NodeB.
After the RNC receives
such frames from the
NodeB, the RACH
synchronization
mechanism on the RNC
can take effect.

This parameter is
replaced with
ProcessSwitch:RACH_
SYNC_CHK_EFFECT_
MODE_SWITCH(SET V900R014SPC520
UDPUCFGDATA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Processing policy after


a fault is detected on an
IP path over the Iu-CS
interface.
The meaning of the
value is as follows:
0: the IP path will be
isolated.
1: the priority of the IP
path will be lowered.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IuCSPathFaultPolicy(S
ET TNSOFTPARA).

Whether the selfhealing function is


enabled for digital
resources, such as the
number of equivalent
users, CEs, and HSPA
UEs
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. The self-healing
function is enabled for
digital resources.
0: This switch is turned
off.

This parameter is
replaced with
ReliabilitySwitch:NUME
RICRSRC_SELFCURE
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

V900R015C00

71

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT6

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT7

ETHSWITCH

RESSW4

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT1

332152397.xls

72

Enables the dynamic


congestion flow control
function based on
interprocess
communication (IPC). If
the number of IPC
messages over the
SPUb board exceeds
the congestion
threshold, the flow
control function is
enabled.
0: This parameter is set
to ENABLE.
1: This parameter is set
to DISABLE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R014C00
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether the selfhealing function is


enabled for spreading
codes
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. The self-healing
function is enabled for
spreading codes.

This parameter is
replaced with
ReliabilitySwitch:DLSF
RSRC_SELFCURE_S
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500

Whether to detect faults


on non-No. 0
subsystems on the
SPUa board. When a
fault occurs on a nonNo. 0 subsystem on the
SPUa board, the board
is automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT17(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

73

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU32Para1

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT15

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA7

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

332152397.xls

bit7~bit16

74

Specifies the low traffic


indication threshold for
BE services used in the
abnormal air interfacebased H2F transition.
When the BE service
traffic is lower than this
threshold, the BE
service traffic is
considered to be low.
Value range: 165535
Unit: 10 bytes
Parameter relationship:
The values of BIT0 to
BIT15 in RsvU32Para1
are not greater than
those of BIT16 to BIT31
in RsvU32Para1.
When the value of this
parameter is out of the
value range or the
parameter relationship
is not met, this
parameter is set to 102.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FLowTvmT
hd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
s reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to reload the


microcode of a board
periodically. The
microcode of the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
boards can be reloaded
periodically to ensure
reliability of the boards.
Bit7 to bit16 of this
parameter are set to 0
by default, which
indicates that the
microcode is reloaded
once every week and
the start time of
microcode reloading is
04:00. If bit7 to bit16
indicates a value of
1023, the function of
reloading microcode is
disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PERIODMERELOADS
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

75

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch2

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT2

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT15

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit6

332152397.xls

76

Whether the "HSPA


capacity indicator" is
broadcast in the system
information block type 5
(SIB5).
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC
broadcasts the "HSPA
capacity indicator" in
the system information
block type 5 (SIB5)
based on the HSPA
capacity of a cell.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC does not
broadcast the "HSPA
capacity indicator" in
the SIB5 regardless of
the HSPA capacity of a
cell.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_SIB5HSPACA
PIND_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

Specifies whether AMR


mute detection is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned
on. the RNC enables
the function of AMR
mute detection.
0: This switch is turned
off. the RNC disables
the function of AMR
mute detection.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
FunctionSwitch:AMR_S
ILENT_DETECT_SWIT
CH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether to monitor the


status of the packet
reception module of the
logical chip on the UOIa
board's daughter board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

77

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT6

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter12

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0-Bit15

332152397.xls

78

Whether RRC flow


control based on CPU
usage is enabled
0: This switch is turned
off. If the SPU CPU
usage reaches 90%,
flow control is
performed on all RRC
connection setup
requests except
emergency call
requests.
1: This switch is turned
on. flow control is
performed on RRC
connection setup
requests except
emergency call
requests based on
connection priorities.
Different thresholds are
set for different service
priorities.

The function does not


need to be configured
manually.This reserved V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
parameter is deleted in
current version.

call establishment
attempts on a singlecore interface board.
The value of this
parameter ranges from
0 to 65535.
When this parameter is
set to 0, a maximum of
800 call establishment
attempts can be made
on a single-core
interface board within a
second.
When this parameter is
set to a value within the
range from 1 to 255, a
maximum of 256 call
establishment attempts
can be made on a
single-core interface
board within a second.
When this parameter is
set to a value within the
range from 256 to
65534, a maximum of n
(n = parameter value)
call establishment
attempts can be made
on a single-core
interface board within a
second.
When this parameter is
set to 65535, there is
no restriction on the
maximum number of
call establishment
attempts made on a
single-core interface

This parameter will not


be used any more,we
will use another
parameter called
"TNRSVDPARA"
instead.

V900R013C00SPC582 V900R014C00SPC520

332152397.xls

79

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

BIT3

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT17
H

332152397.xls

80

Whether to enable the


self-healing function
when board
communication quality
deteriorates. Different
bits control different
types of board.
Bit 3: When
communication quality
deteriorates on the
SCUa, SCUb, SPUa,
SPUb, DPUe, NIUa,
GCUa, or GCGa board,
the board is
automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT12(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


performs DRD based
on the DCH priority
when candidate cells
have the same HSPA
priority.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC performs
DRD based on the
DCH priority when
candidate cells have
the same HSPA priority.
1: This switch is turned
on. The DCH priority for
cells is not involved in
DRD.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH532
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520
parameter is replaced
with
DCHAdvDRDSwitch(SE
T UDRD).

332152397.xls

81

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT12

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT32

332152397.xls

82
FAILURE message
carries the cause value
"Request information
not available".
0: This switch is turned
off. The cause value is
not changed.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RAB
ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message
carries the cause value
"Unspecified Failure" or
"No Radio Resources
Available in Target cell"
instead of the cause
value "Request
information not
available" according to
the actual scenario.
That is, when cell
resource admission
fails due to the
procedure request
error, non-bandwidth
congestion over the Iub
interface, compressed
mode configuration
failure, or cell
unavailability, the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message
carries the cause value
"Unspecified Failure".
In the other scenarios,
the RAB ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:R
AB_FAIL_CAUSE_SWI
TCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether all the


following quick
reconfiguration
procedures are
supported for a hard
handover across the Iur
interface:
Physical channel
reconfiguration
Transport channel
reconfiguration
RB setup or
reconfiguration
1: When this switch is
turned on, all these
quick reconfiguration
procedures are
supported for a hard
handover across the Iur
interface.
0: When this switch is
turned off, all these
quick reconfiguration
procedures are not
supported for a hard
handover across the Iur
interface.

This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:I
UR_HHO_ASYNC_CT
RL_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

83

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit27

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT8

332152397.xls

84

Whether to enable the


PARC Link Aggregation
Control Protocol
(PLACP) penalty
function for all boards.
When a fault occurs on
a port repeatedly, this
port will not be used for
forwarding data
packets.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT5(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

1: This switch is turned


on. With no existing
RAB, a user initiates x
PS services at the
same time and then the
services are
successfully set up. X
can be 2, 3, or 4. Under
this circumstance, the
RNC measures the
number of combined
service setup attempts,
and the number of
successful setups is x
minus 1. If these
services are released at
the same time, the
RNC measures the
number of combined
service releases, which
is x minus 1.
0: This switch is turned
off. In the preceding
scenario, the numbers
of combined service
setups and releases
are both x.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch2:PS
PS_SETUP_REL_DEF
_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

85

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT20

URRRSVDPARA

RsvdPara6

SET URRRSVDPARA

N/A

332152397.xls

86

Whether to use the


13.6 kbit/s signaling
rate for incoming interRAT handovers
triggered by CSFB
0: This switch is turned
off, a signaling rate is
selected based on the
original algorithm.
1: This switch is turned
on. The 13.6 kbit/s
signaling rate is used
for incoming inter-RAT
handovers triggered by
CSFB.

This parameter is
replaced with
CSFBSRBRate(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
UFRC).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Sets the duration of a


timer from the time
when a non-MOCNsupported UE sends an
Initial Direct Transfer
message to the time
when the RNC receives
the response to the
Initial Direct Transfer
message from the CN.
When the timer expires,
user access in the CS
or PS domain to the
initial direct transfer
message process fails.
Value range: 0 to
429496729
Unit: millisecond
Valid range: 5000 to
20000
Default value 0
indicates that the valid
value of this paramter is
5000.

This parameter is
replaced with
RedirectWaitDlDtTmr(S
ET
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
USTATETIMER).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

87

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT5

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara2

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT3

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT11

332152397.xls

88

Whether to delay
adjusting the uplink
voice service rate
raised by Adaptive
Multi-Rate Control
(AMRC).
0: This switch is turned
off. Adjusting the uplink
voice service rate is not
delayed.
1: This switch is turned
on. Adjusting the uplink
voice service rate is
delayed. Before a UE
sends the first valid
voice frame, the RNC
does not adjust the
AMR rate for the UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH558
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPH512
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_AMRC_DEL
AY_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Whether the CS RAB


release is calculated as
a call drop
1: This switch is turned
on. The CS RAB
release is calculated as
a call drop if the RNC
initiates the CS RAB
release with the cause
value of abnormal but
the CN is with the
release cause value of
normal.
0: This switch is turned
off. The CS RAB
release is not
calculated as a call
drop if the RNC initiates
the CS RAB release
with the cause value of
abnormal but the CN is
with the release cause
value of normal.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
parameter is replaced
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:C
S_CALL_DROP_DEFI
NITION(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


monitors and rectifies
faults in CE resources.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
rectifies any faults in
CE resources.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not rectifies any
faults in CE resources.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function does not need
to be configured
manually.

V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013

332152397.xls

89

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit3

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter19

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit8~Bit15

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT2

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para2

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT4~BIT7

UNBMPARA

ReservedU8Para0

SET UNBMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

332152397.xls

90

Whether to enable the


functions of
automatically detecting
and rectifying packet
transmission and
reception exceptions on
the backplane's
transmission chip.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
BPCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

The threshold of flow


control performed on
SCTP packets based
on the CPU usage of
an XPU board. When
the flow control switch
is turned on and the
CPU usage of an XPU
board exceeds flow
control threshold, the
flow control will be
triggered.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether to enable the


self-healing function
when board
communication quality
deteriorates. Different
bits control different
types of board.
Bit 2: When
communication quality
deteriorates on an
interface board, the
board is automatically
reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT11(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

Sets the ARP value of


the PS service in RCSe scenario.
The value ranges from
1 to 15.

This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsARP(SET
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Threshold for starting


flow control over
medium-priority RRC
connection setup
requests based on CPU
usage
Value range: 70~90
Recommended value:
85

The function does not


need to be configured
manually.This reserved V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
parameter is deleted in
current version.

332152397.xls

91

UGTPU

RsvdPara1

SET UGTPU

RSVDBIT1

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT21

332152397.xls

92

Whether the Iu-PS


interface board
processes PS service
configuration messages
if the CPU usage of the
Iu-PS interface board is
greater than 95% for
two consecutive
seconds.
0: The Iu-PS interface
board does not process
PS service
configuration
messages.
1: The Iu-PS interface
board processes PS
service configuration
messages.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IUPSOLProPSCfgMsgS
witch
(SET UGTPU).

Whether the RNC can


perform parallel
processing on the cell
update and CS service
setup with UE state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
0: This switch is turned
on. During the CS
service setup process,
if a UE transits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and reports
the cell update
message, the RNC
performs the cell
update and then
continues CS service
setup. As a result, CS
service setup
succeeds.
1: This switch is turned
off. During the CS
service setup process,
if a UE transits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and reports
the cell update
message, the RNC
performs the cell
update and stops CS
service setup. As a
result, CS service setup
fails.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH202
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:AM
R_F2D_OVERLAP_CE
LLUPT_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

93

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit15

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para1

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT8~BIT15

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA9

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

0xFFFFFFFF

332152397.xls

94

Whether to enable the


error checking and
correcting (ECC)
function for the SDRAM
of the POUa board's
daughter board.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

Initial downlink rate of a


PS service carried on
R99 when a UE state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is triggered
by CS service
establishment.
Value range: 0 to 255.
Valid value range: 1 to
8, which correspond to
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144,
256, and 384 kbps,
respectively. By
default, this parameter
is set to 1.When users
set this parameter to a
value beyond the valid
value range, the default
value is restored.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlDchBeC2DBitRatefor
Amr(SET UFRC).This V900R013C00SPC552 V900R014C00SPC200
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Switch for setting the


function of reloading
microcode. The
microcode of the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
boards can be reloaded
periodically to ensure
the reliability of the
boards. Bit0 to bit27 of
this parameter
correspond to the
boards in 27 slots. If a
bit is set to 0,
microcode reloading is
disabled for the board
in the corresponding
slot. If a bit is set to 1,
microcode reloading is
enabled for the board in
the corresponding slot.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
MERELOADSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

95

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT2

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT24

332152397.xls

96

Whether to enable
normal outer loop
power control after D2E
reconfiguration in case
of PS hard handover
with E2D channel
fallback.
0: This switch is turned
off. In case of PS hard
handover with E2D
channel fallback,
normal outer loop
power control is not
enabled after D2E
reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned
on. In case of PS hard
handover with E2D
channel fallback,
normal outer loop
power control is
enabled after D2E
reconfiguration.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_UL_CHL_CH
G_OLPC_OPT_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Whether the target


BLER is adjusted for
voice services based on
uplink cell congestion
0: When this switch is
turned off, the outer
loop power control
(OLPC) algorithm uses
the target BLER
configured at the OMU.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the OLPC
algorithm uses the
target BLER configured
at the OMU if the best
cell of a UE processing
voice services is in the
LDR or OLC state in
the uplink. If the best
cell is not in the LDR or
OLC state, the OLPC
algorithm uses 20% of
the target BLER
configured at the OMU.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_OLPC_BLER_
COEF_ADJUST(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

97

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara4

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT2

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para2

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT0~BIT3

332152397.xls

98

The switch controls


whether the RNC sends
the CN an RAB
ASSIGN RSPONSE
message after IUUP
initiation is complete
during an RAB setup.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
sends an RAB
assignment response
message to the CN
during the RAB setup
procedure only after the
IUUP initialization
procedure has been
completed.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
sends an RAB
assignment response
message to the CN
regardless of whether
the IUUP initialization
procedure is complete.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
parameter is replaced
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:R
AB_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_
RESPONSE_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Sets the THP value of


the PS service in RCSe scenario.
The value ranges from
1 to 15.

This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsTHP(SET
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
parameter is deleted in
current version.

332152397.xls

99

TNRSVDPARA

RSVDPARA1

SET TNRSVDPARA

Bit0~Bit15

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT3

332152397.xls

100
call establishment
attempts on a singlecore interface board.
The value of this
parameter ranges from
0 to 65535.
When this parameter is
set to 0, a maximum of
800 call establishment
attempts can be made
on a single-core
interface board within a
second.
When this parameter is
set to a value within the
range from 1 to 255, a
maximum of 256 call
establishment attempts
can be made on a
single-core interface
board within a second.
When this parameter is
set to a value within the
range from 256 to
65534, a maximum of n
(n = parameter value)
call establishment
attempts can be made
on a single-core
interface board within a
second.
When this parameter is
set to 65535, there is
no restriction on the
maximum number of
call establishment
attempts made on a
single-core interface

This parameter is
replaced with
IntBrdEstThrd(SET
TNSOFTPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether the PS BE
service in the CS+PS
BE combined service
supports event-4Atriggered DCCC data
rate increasing when its
data rate is 0 kbit/s.
1: This switch is turned
on. The PS BE service
in the CS+PS BE
combined service
supports event-4Atriggered DCCC data
rate increasing when its
data rate is 0 kbit/s.
0: This switch is turned
off. The PS BE service
in the CS+PS BE
combined service does
not support event-4Atriggered DCCC data
rate increasing when its
data rate is 0 kbit/s.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_CSP
S_0K_RATE_UP_SWIT
CH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00

332152397.xls

101

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT11

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT8

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit10

332152397.xls

102

Whether to trigger state


transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH if soft
handover-based
admission fails.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC triggers
state transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC disables
state transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
SoftFailD2FSwitch(SET
UINTRAFREQHO).

Whether the PS BE
service in the CS+PS
BE combined service
supports DCCC data
rate increasing on both
the uplink and the
downlink when an event
4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink.
1: This switch is turned
on. The PS BE service
supports DCCC data
rate increasing on both
the uplink and the
downlink when event
4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink.
0: This switch is turned
off. The PS BE service
does not support DCCC
data rate increasing on
both the uplink and the
downlink when event
4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_CSP
S_BOTH_ULDL_RATE
_UP_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Whether to adjust the


refresh interval of the
SPUa board memory.
1: This switch is turned
on. The system
shortens the refresh
interval based on the
default value.
0: This switch is turned
off. The default refresh
interval is applied.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R014C00SPH512
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC582
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT16(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

103

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT12

332152397.xls

104

Whether the RNC


makes a pre-admission
decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections
during an RRC
connection setup
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not make a preadmission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an
RRC connection setup.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
makes a pre-admission
decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections
during an RRC
connection setup.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_RRC_DRD_P
READMISSION_SWIT
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
CH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether the RNC


initiates inter-RAT
handovers according to
the coverage-based
inter-RAT periodic
measurement report
after inter-RAT
handovers fail.
1: This switch is turned
on. After inter-RAT
handovers for a UE fail,
the RNC still processes
the coverage-based
inter-RAT periodic
measurement report
reported by the UE and
initiates inter-RAT
handovers.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
process the coveragebased inter-RAT
periodic measurement
report reported by the
UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_INTERRATH
O_RETRY_SWITCH(S
ET UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

105

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA7

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit17

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para2

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT12~BIT15

332152397.xls

106

Whether to enable the


overall backpressure
function of an interface
board. This parameter
is available only for the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
boards. If this
parameter is set to 0 as
the default value, the
overall backpressure
function is enabled. If
this parameter is set to
1, the overall
backpressure function
is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PollingRetryTimesMax(
SET
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
ARA).

Sets the maximum rate


of the PS service when
the PS service uplink is
fixedly carried on the
DCH in RCS-e
scenario.
The value of the PS
service rate ranges
from 1 t o 8 and
corresponds to 8 Kbit/s,
16 Kbit/s, 32 Kbit/s, 64
Kbit/s, 128 Kbit/s, 256
Kbit/s, and 384 Kbit/s.
If the value is out of
range, it is
recommended that the
value be set to 8 by
default and correspond
to 384 Kbit/s.

This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsUlDchRate(SET V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
parameter is deleted in
current version.

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

107

UIMEITAC

PROCESSSWITCH

ADD UIMEITAC

RSVDBIT1_BIT2

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit21

332152397.xls

108

Whether KPIs of UEs


supporting fast
dormancy are
optimized .If an
outgoing inter-RAT PS
handover or inter-RAT
cell reselection is
performed on a UE
enabled with Fast
Dormancy:
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
consider the handover
or reselection
successful and
therefore does not
count the handover or
reselection in the
corresponding counter.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC considers
the handover or
reselection successful
and forcibly counts the
handover in the
corresponding counter.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC300
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013
parameter is replaced
with
PROCESSSWITCH1:P
S_INTERRAT_COMPA
TIBILITY_OPT_SWITC
H(ADD UIMEITAC).

Whether to enable the


memory ECC function
for the SPUa board.
When an ECC fault
occurs on the memory,
the board is
automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

109

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA2

SET ETHSWITCH

332152397.xls

BIT16-BIT31

110

Sets the minimum


congestion threshold of
dynamic congestion
flow control function
based on interprocess
communication (IPC) to
realize IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control of the
SPUa/SPUb board.
When the IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control switch BIT7
with the parameter ID
of RESSW5 is enabled,
this parameter takes
effect.
The value of this
parameter displayed on
the ADD command
configuration interface
ranges from 0 to 65535.
The valid value ranges
from 1 to 1024. If the
value of this parameter
exceeds the valid value
range, the
recommended value is
1.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014C00SPC510
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

111

TNRSVDPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TNRSVDPARA

332152397.xls

SW2

112

Strategy for choosing


an MPU subsystem to
manage transmission
resources for a base
station using ATM
transmission. When
this parameter is set to
OFF (the default value),
the MPU subsystem
bound to the base
station is used to
manage the
transmission resources.
When this parameter is
set to ON, the MPU
subsystem bound to the
interface board is used
to manage the
transmission resources.
Set this parameter
during off-peak hours
because it has the
following impacts:
- Triggers cell
reestablishment under
base stations using
ATM transmission and
releases online UEs in
the cells.
- Increases the CPU
load of the MPU
subsystems bound to
the base station and to
the interface board by
10% to 20% for about
30 seconds.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IubAtmCallBindMpuStr
ategy(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

332152397.xls

113

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT9

114

Whether to allow state


transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and a
location measurement
control message to be
sent to the UE when
the RNC receives a
RANAP Location
Reporting Control
message from the CN
and the
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_
TRANS_SWITCH
switch is turned off.
0: When the switch is
turned off, state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is not
allowed and the RNC
does not send a
location measurement
control message to the
UE.
1: When the switch is
turned on, state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is allowed
and the RNC sends a
location measurement
control message to the
UE after state transition
is successful.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_SMLC_D2F_
ALLOW_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

115

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT27

116

Specifies whether the


PS service in the RCSe service is carried on
the DCH in the
downlink.
0: This parameter is set
to DISABLE. The
channel bearer and
downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e
service in the downlink
are unlimited.
1: This parameter is set
to ENABLE. The bearer
of the PS service in the
RCS-e service in the
downlink is limited on
the DCH, and the
downlink rate cannot
exceed the maximum
downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e
service. For the
maximum downlink rate
of the PS service in the
RCS-e service, see
BIT12BIT15(ReservedU32Pa
ra2, SET
UCORRMPARA).

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SWITCH(S V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
ET
V900R014
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

117

UNBMPARA

ReservedU32Para0

SET UNBMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit20

332152397.xls

118

Specifies Combined
Service DL Acceleration
Thld Factor. The
following describes how
to determine the value
of Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State using
Combined Service DL
Acceleration Thld
Factor:
If the downlink power
load in the cell is
greater than or equal to
the product of
Combined Service DL
Acceleration Thld
Factor and DL LDR
trigger threshold,
Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State is
congested in the
downlink. Otherwise,
Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State is not
congested in the
downlink.
Value range: 1100. If
the desired value is not
within this range, set it
to 60.
Unit: %
Recommended value:
60

This parameter is
replaced with
MultiRabDlDcccLoadFa
ctor(SET
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
ULDCALGOPARA).This V900R014C00SPC520
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Mode for adjusting the


memory driving
capability specific to the
SPUb board. Set this
parameter under the
guidance of Huawei
engineers.
0: automatic
adjustment.
1: manual adjustment.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

V900R012C00SPH532
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
V900R013C01SPC210
V900R014

332152397.xls

119

DEVRSVDPARA

RSVDSW2

SET DEVRSVDPARA

bit2

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit19

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT5

332152397.xls

120

Whether to enable
network interface
detection and selfhealing on an SPUa
board. When the CPU
on the SPUa board
detects receive or
transmit failures in
network interfaces on a
subsystem of the SPUa
board, the subsystem is
automatically reset.
0: The network
interface detection and
self-healing switch is
turned off.
1: The network
interface detection and
self-healing switch is
turned on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT18(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

Although the
configuration interface
Mode for adjusting the
in this version supports
PCI driving capability
delivery of the setting of
for the SPUb board. Set
this parameter, the
this parameter under
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
the guidance of Huawei
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
engineers.
V900R014
function configured
0: automatic
through this parameter
adjustment.
is deleted or does not
1: manual adjustment.
need to be configured
manually.

Whether the RNC


sends the UE an RRC
Measurement Control
message containing
information about the
neighboring LTE cells
after a DRD is
implemented during the
process of PS service
setup or
reconfiguration.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
send the UE the RRC
Measurement Control
message.
1: This switch is turned
on. When the message
sending conditions are
met, the RNC sends
the UE the RRC
Measurement Control
message.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH516 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
BestCellTrigLTEMeasS
witch(SET
UU2LTEHONCOV).

332152397.xls

121

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU8Para0

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter15

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0

332152397.xls

122

Upper Ec/No threshold


for the best cell that
meets the requirements
for hard handovers
The mapping between
the graphical user
interface (GUI) value of
this parameter and the
actual Ec/No value is
as follows:
0: 0 dB
123: -1 dB to -23 dB
A GUI value greater
than 23: -24 dB

This parameter is
replaced with
UsedFreqUpperThdEc
No(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UINTERFREQHOCOV)
.This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to enable
forcible SAAL link
loopback detection. The
link detection period is
five minutes. After this
switch is turned on, the
forcible SAAL link
loopback detection is
enabled if more than
three times of SAAL link
faults are detected in
each period for
consecutive three
periods.
This function is enabled
when this parameter is
set to 0 and this
function is disabled
when this parameter is
set to 1.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
SAALFlashResumeByL
oop(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

332152397.xls

123

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara4

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT1

TNRSVDPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TNRSVDPARA

SW3

332152397.xls

124
normal procedure. Only
the following
information is recorded:
Common information
Signaling access
information block
RAB information
block
SHO header
information
Information block for
inter-RAT outgoing
handover
Information block for
statistics excluding
those for the DCCC
procedure
Information about
intra-frequency
neighboring cell
optimization
Information about
pilot pollution detection
RRC release header
information
A procedure is
abnormal under any of
the following conditions:
The RRC connection
setup fails. The RAB
setup fails. The RAB is
abnormally released.
The type of the NASPDU carried in the
DIRECT TRANSFER
message is ATTACH
REJECT, RAU

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
parameter is replaced
with
PROCESSSWITCH2:R
NC_PCHR_OUTPUT_
CTRL_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Switch for quick


synchronization of path
status between different
MPU subsystems.
When this parameter is
set to OFF, the quick
synchronization
function is enabled.
When this parameter is
set to ON, the quick
synchronization
function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

125

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT18

UCELLALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT14

DEVRSVDPARA

RSVDSW2

SET DEVRSVDPARA

BIT0

UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

126

Whether the RNC


measures some
performance counters
related to inter-band
hard handovers during
outgoing inter-RNC
intra-band hard
handovers.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC does not
measure the
performance counters
during outgoing interRNC intra-band hard
handovers.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC measures
the performance
counters during
outgoing inter-RNC
intra-band hard
handovers.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:H
HO_CNT_CORRECT_
SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC521 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether the PS
domain of a cell is
blocked
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. PS services of all
operators in the cell
cannot access the
network.

This parameter is
replaced with
DomainType(ADD/MOD
UCELLACCESSSTRIC V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
T).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to enable the


enhanced detection
function of logic RAM
checkout error for
GOUc, FG2c, AOUc, or
UOIc board. When the
error occurs on a
service board, the
board is automatically
reset at once.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

127

UCELLALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT8

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT14

128
the corresponding
threshold offsets.
BIT8 BIT9 BIT10
Typical Value
Admission Policy RT
NRT OTHER
0
0
0 All
switches are turned off
Loose policy Null Null
Null
0
0
1
Typical
value 1 Strict policy1
5
5
0
0
1
0
Typical
value 2 Strict policy 2
0
0
0
0
1
1
Typical
value 3 Strict policy 3
-5 -5
-5
1
0
0
Typical
value 4 Strict policy 4
5
5
-15
1
0
1
Typical
value 5 Strict policy 5
0
0
-15
1
1
0
Typical
value 6 Strict policy 6
-5 -5
-20
1
1
1
Typical
value 7 Strict policy 7
15 10
-10

This parameter is
replaced with
RTRRCCacThdOffset,
NRTRRCCacThdOffset,
OtherRRCCacThdOffse
t(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
UCELLCAC) and
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
RRCCacChoice(ADD/M
OD
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Note:
Uplink admission
threshold:
RTRRCCacThdOffset +
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR
Whether an RNC
supports link
reestablishment during
radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when
the RNC detects a
signaling radio bearer
(SRB) is being reset or
radio links of a UE are
out-of-synchronization.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC supports
link reestablishment
during RB
reconfiguration.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
support link
reestablishment during
RB reconfiguration.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch:RB
_RECFG_RL_REEST_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

129

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit13

UIMEITAC

PROCESSSWITCH

ADD UIMEITAC

RSVDBIT1_BIT5

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter7

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0

332152397.xls

130

Whether to monitor the


status of the packet
transmission module of
the logical chip on the
AOUa board's daughter
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

Whether an RNC
handles the
incompatibility problem
that a UE with a
specific type approval
code (TAC) cannot
make a call or be
reached when the UE
in the CELL_PCH state
leaves a serving area
and re-enters it.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC pages the
UE from the CS domain
and directly releases
the UE if the UE does
not respond. This can
solve the problem.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC cannot
page such a UE from
the CS domain.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch1:RSA_T
RIG_CS_PAGING_SWI
TCH(ADD UIMEITAC).

Processing policy after


a fault is detected on an
IP path over the Iub
interface.
The meaning of the
value is as follows:
0: the IP path will be
isolated.
1: the priority of the IP
path will be lowered.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IubPathFaultPolicy(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

332152397.xls

131

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT0

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch5

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT1

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit9

332152397.xls

132

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Whether to detect
delivery of the setting of
board communication
this parameter, the
quality deterioration.
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550
0: This switch is turned
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
off.
function configured
1: This switch is turned
through this parameter
on.
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Determines the
behavior of the RNC in
processing loads at the
Iur interface in case of
soft handover over the
Iur interface.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC processes
the loads at the Iur
interface in a
subsystem for the
target cell without load
sharing.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC uses the
signaling processing
unit (SPU) polling
mechanism for load
sharing at the Iur
interface in multiple
subsystems.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch2:D
RNC_LOAD_CTRL_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether to enable the


link multicast packet
detection function on
the backplane of an
SPUa/SPUb board.
When the CPU detects
that the backplane of
the SPUa/SPUb board
experiences a link
failure in forwarding
multicast packets, the
faulty link will be
automatically isolated.
1: This detection
function is enabled.
0: This detection
function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT17(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

133

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT25

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara2

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT1

332152397.xls

134

If the ICR feature is


enabled, whether to
filter neighboring GSM
cells for a DRNC cell in
the active set based on
the UE's operator when
the RNC sends a
measurement control
message to the UE.
0: The switch is turned
off. The neighboring
GSM cells are not
filtered.
1: The switch is turned
on. The neighboring
GSM cells are filtered.
The information about a
neighboring GSM cell
for a DRNC cell is
added to the
measurement control
message only when the
neighboring GSM cell's
operator is consistent
with the UE's operator.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_ICR_GSMNC
ELL_FILTER_SWITCH( V900R013C01SPC210
V900R015C00
SET
V900R014C00SPH512
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether the RNC


releases the existing
RRC connection when
receiving a duplicate
RRC connection
request.
0: This switch is turned
on. When a UE sends a
duplicate RRC
connection request to
the same cell, the RNC
rejects the request.
When the UE sends a
duplicate RRC
connection request to
different cells, the RNC
releases the existing
RRC connection.
1: This switch is turned
off. When receiving a
duplicate RRC
connection request
from a UE, the RNC
releases the existing
RRC connection.
Do not modify the
default value of this
parameter. If necessary,
contact Huawei
technical support.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC300
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch:RR
C_RECONN_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

135

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit26

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT20

332152397.xls

136

Whether to enable the


interface board to
check received User
Datagram Protocol
(UDP) packets.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
RECEIVEUDPCHECKS
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

Whether to allow a UE
to directly transit from
the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state. This
is an RNC-level switch.
0: This switch is turned
on. Upon reception of
the cell update
message that is
reported by the UE and
carries the cause value
of uplink data
transmission or paging
response, the RNC
triggers the UE to
directly transit from the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state.
1: This switch is turned
off. Upon reception of
the cell update
message that is
reported by the UE and
carries the cause value
of uplink data
transmission or paging
response, the RNC
triggers the UE to
directly transit from the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH200
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch:P2
D_SWITCH (SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

137

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT22

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter9

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit16~Bit31

332152397.xls

138

Whether to enable the


DL Layer 2
Improvement feature
for E_PCH-incapable
UEs processing only
PTT services
0: When this switch is
turned off, the DL Layer
2 Improvement feature
is not enabled for
E_PCH-incapable UEs
processing only PTT
services.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the DL Layer
2 Improvement feature
is enabled for E_PCHincapable UEs
processing only PTT
services.

This parameter is
replaced with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_SIN
GLE_PTT_USE_DL_E
NL2_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Highest threshold for


flow control on the
interface board. This
switch takes effect only
when
SwitchParameter6 is
turned on. The traffic
load on a single-core
interface board must
not exceed this
threshold during service
admission.
The default value of this
parameter is 0. When
this parameter is set to
0 the default threshold
800 is applied.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
V900R011C01SPH732
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH508 V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with IntFcThrd(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

332152397.xls

139

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit12

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT13

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA63

SET ETHSWITCH

bit30

332152397.xls

140

Whether to enable
penalty on faulty High
Gigabit (HIG links)
between active and
standby SCUa/SCUb
boards. When an HIG
link between active and
standby SCUa/SCUb
boards experiences
repeated failures, the
link cannot forward data
packets. When all HIG
links between active
and standby
SCUa/SCUb boards
experience repeated
failures, the standby
SCUa/SCUb board will
be isolated.
1: This function is
enabled.
0: This function is
disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT14(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


normally releases a UE
that fails. The UE
carries an HSDPA RB
Setup Complete
message or HSDPA RB
Reconfiguration
Complete message
with CRC check error.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC performs
compatibility processing
on the UE and normally
releases the UE.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC performs
no compatibility
processing on the UE
and abnormally
releases the UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC200
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:UE
_CRC_COMPATIBLE_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Mode for adjusting the


memory driving
capability for the SPUb
board. Set this
parameter under the
guidance of Huawei
engineers.
0: automatic
adjustment.
1: manual adjustment.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT10(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

V900R012C00SPH532
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
V900R013C01SPC210
V900R014

332152397.xls

141

UCELLALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit21

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit28

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT12

142

Uplink CE resource
occupation threshold
and downlink code and
CE resource
occupation threshold
used during an RRC
connection setup. This
switch is valid only
when the switch
RSVDBIT11 is turned
on.
0: When this switch is
turned off, SF64 is
reserved for uplink CE
resources, and SF128
is reserved for downlink
code and CE
resources.
1: When this switch is
turned on, SF16 is
reserved for uplink CE
resources, and SF32 is
reserved for downlink
code and CE
resources.

This parameter is
replaced with
UlRRCCeResvSf,
DlRRCCeCodeResvSf(
V900R012C01SPH522
ADD/MOD
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
UCELLCAC).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Although the
configuration interface
Whether to enable the in this version supports
function of restricting
delivery of the setting of
the broadcast packet
this parameter, the
rate.
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned this parameter. This
V900R013
off.
parameter is replaced
1: This switch is turned with
on.
ETHPORTBCPKTEXC
EEDSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Whether to enable the


L2 detection function
for the SPUa, SPUb, or
SCUa board. When a
packet loopback occurs
on a service board, the
board is physically
forbidden. When a
hardware fault occurs
on the L2 entry of a
board, the board is
automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT11(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

143

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit1

UNBMPARA

ReservedU32Para0

SET UNBMPARA

BIT8~BIT15

332152397.xls

144

Whether to enable the


functions of
automatically detecting
and rectifying packet
transmission
exceptions on the ETH
daughter board's
transmission chip. This
function helps improve
system reliability.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.
0: This switch is turned
o.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

Specifies Combined
Service UL Acceleration
Thld Factor. The
following describes how
to determine the value
of Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State using
Combined Service UL
Acceleration Thld
Factor:
If the uplink power load
in the cell is greater
than or equal to the
product of Combined
Service UL Acceleration
Thld Factor and UL
LDR trigger threshold,
Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State is
congested in the uplink.
Otherwise, Combined
Service Power
Resource Congest
State is not congested
in the uplink.
Value range: 1100. If
the desired value is not
within this range, set it
to 60.
Unit: %
Recommended value:
60

This parameter is
replaced with
MultiRabUlDcccLoadFa
ctor(SET
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
ULDCALGOPARA).This V900R014C00SPC520
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

145

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter10

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit16~Bit19

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter18

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit0

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT5

332152397.xls

146

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Whether the setting of delivery of the setting of
the period that is
this parameter, the
specified by the low 16 system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
bits of
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
SwitchParameter10
function configured
takes effect.
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether to switch on
the MPU performance
improving function.
This function is
switched on when this
parameter is set to 0
and is switched off
when this parameter is
set to 1.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether to enable the


self-healing function
when IPC packet errors
are detected. When
IPC packet errors occur
on the DPUb board, the
board is automatically
reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT18(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

147

URRRSVDPARA

RsvdPara4

SET URRRSVDPARA

N/A

UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

RsvSwitch0

SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1

332152397.xls

148

Estimated
retransmission rate of
signaling packets when
combined services are
performed. This
parameter is used to
calculate the activation
time contained in the
RB SETUP or RB
RECFG messages in
scenarios with
combined services. A
large value of this
parameter leads to long
activation time.
GUI value range: 1 to
20.
Actual value range: 0.1
to 2 with step 0.1. If the
actual value is beyond
the actual value range
(0.1 to 2), it is set to 0.5
by default, which
corresponds to the GUI
value 5.

This parameter is
replaced with
PacketReTransRatio(A
DD
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
UCELLRLACTTIME).T
his reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


dynamic CTCH
indicator function.
1: This switch is turned
on. The dynamic CTCH
indicator function is
enabled. After the CBS
function is enabled and
the RNC turns on the
CTCH indicator in SIB5,
the RNC turns off the
CTCH indicator in SIB5
if no CBS message was
broadcast in the last 10
minutes. The RNC
does not turn on the
CTCH indicator in SIB5
until CBS messages
need to be broadcast.
0: This switch is turned
off. The dynamic CTCH
indicator function is
disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
CbsEnhanceSwitch:CT
CH_DYN_CTRL_SWIT
CH(ADD
UCELLCBSDRX).

332152397.xls

149

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT1

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU8Para1

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

332152397.xls

150

Whether to allow
periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed
mode to the (directed
retry decision) DRDcapable cell when
candidate cells for
periodic retry include
the current cell and
neighboring DRD cells.
0: This switch is turned
off. Periodic access
retry for UEs in
compressed mode to
the DRD-capable cell is
not allowed.
1: This switch is turned
on. Periodic access
retry for UEs in
compressed mode to
the DRD-capable cell is
allowed.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_HRETRY_O
PT_WITH_CM_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Lower Ec/No threshold


for the best cell that
meets the requirements
for hard handovers
The mapping between
the GUI value of this
parameter and the
actual Ec/No value is
as follows:
0: -18 dB
123: -1 dB to -23 dB
A GUI value greater
than 23: -24 dB

This parameter is
replaced with
UsedFreqLowerThdEc
No(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UINTERFREQHOCOV)
.This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

332152397.xls

151

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para5

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter6

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

NA

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit14

332152397.xls

152
Specifies the relative
Eb threshold for the
downlink transmitted
code power for BE
services used in the
abnormal air interfacebased H2F transition.
When the downlink
transmitted code power
is smaller than the
absolute Eb threshold,
event Eb is triggered. In
this case, periodic
measurement of the
service traffic and
throughput for HSDPA
BE services is stopped.
The absolute Eb
threshold is calculated
using the following
formula:
Absolute Eb threshold =
Maximum downlink
transmit power
Relative Eb threshold
Value range: 156
Unit: 0.5 dB
Parameter relationship:
The value of
RsvU8Para4 is not
greater than that of
RsvU8Para5.
When the value of this
parameter is out of the
value range or the
parameter relationship
is not met, this
parameter is set to 2.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnEbThd(SET
UQUALITYMEAS).This V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Whether the higher 16 delivery of the setting of
bits of
this parameter, the
V900R011C01SPH732
SwitchParameter9 take system does not use
V900R012C01SPH508 V900R014C00SPC200
effect. They take effect this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
after this switch is
function configured
turned on.
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether to enable the


fault isolation and selfhealing function upon
OMU backplane link
failures. If this function
is enabled, the system
disables the faulty link
when the backplane of
an OMU experiences a
link failure.
1: This switch is turned
on.
0: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT7(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

332152397.xls

V900R015C00

153

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA3

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

NA

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA2

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT8-BIT15

332152397.xls

154

Whether the maximum


allowable number of
users on the FACH is
60 or 30.
0: This switch is turned
off. The maximum
allowable number of
users on the FACH is
30.
1: This switch is turned
on. The maximum
allowable number of
users on the FACH is
60.

This parameter is
replaced with
CacSwitch:FACH_60_U
SER_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R014C00SPC500
UCACALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to enable the


function of resetting the
AOUa logic. A soft reset
is required for
recovering an AOUa
board that is
malfunctioning. The
function is enabled by
the default value (OFF).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC500
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
FPGASELFCURESW(
SET INTBRDPARA).

Sets the period for


adjusting the dynamic
congestion flow control
function based on
interprocess
communication (IPC) to
realize IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control of the
SPUa/SPUb board.
When the IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control switch BIT7
with the parameter ID
of RESSW5 is enabled,
this parameter takes
effect.
The value of this
parameter displayed on
the ADD command
configuration interface
ranges from 0 to 255,
measured in units of
seconds.
The valid value ranges
from 1 to 10. If the
value of this parameter
exceeds the valid value
range, the
recommended value is
2.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014C00SPC510
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

155

UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

MocnControlSwitch

SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

SPARE_4_SWITCH

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT2

332152397.xls

156

Whether the RNC


regards supporting UEs
as non-supporting UEs
in MOCN scenarios.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC regards
supporting UEs as nonsupporting UEs and
redirects the UE
rejected by an operator
to another operator.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC performs
no special processing
on the UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
MocnControlSwitch2:PL
MN_PRIORITY_SEL_S
WITCH(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).

Whether the drift RNC


(DRNC) transfers
information about the
intra circle roaming
(ICR) licenses of cells
under the DRNC, and
the operator group and
the inter-RAT cell type
for neighboring GSM
cells to the SRNC over
proprietary information
elements (IEs).
1: This switch is turned
on. The DRNC
transfers information
about the ICR license
of the cells under the
DRNC, and the
operator group and the
inter-RAT cell type for
neighboring GSM cells
to the SRNC over the
private IEs in the Radio
Link Setup Response
or Radio Link Addition
Response message.
0: This switch is turned
off. The DRNC does
not transfer the
preceding information.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_GSMOPGRP
_TRANSTOSRNC_SWI
TCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

157

TNRSVDPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TNRSVDPARA

SW4

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT6

332152397.xls

158

Switch for quick


synchronization of port
status between different
MPU subsystems.
When this parameter is
set to OFF, the quick
synchronization
function is enabled.
When this parameter is
set to ON, the quick
synchronization
function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether the
maxAllowedUL-TXPower IE is contained
in a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRMATION
message from the RNC
to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state
during the cell update
due to a traffic radio
bearer (TRB) reset
0: This switch is turned
off. No maxAllowedULTX-Power IE is
contained in the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRMATION
message from the RNC
to the UE in the
CELL_FACH state
during the cell update
due to TRB reset.
1: This switch is turned
on. A maxAllowedULTX-Power IE is
contained in the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRMATION
message from the RNC
to the UE in the
CELL_FACH state
during the cell update
due to TRB reset.

This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH3:U
E_TRB_RESET_IOT_S
WITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

159

UNODEBALGOPARA

RsvdPara1

ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA

UNBMPARA

ReservedU8Para1

SET UNBMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch2

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT1

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT3

160

Whether an RNC is a
preferred RNC for a
NodeB
The meanings of
different settings of
RSVDBIT2 and
RSVDBIT3 are as
follows:
RSVDBIT2 RSVDBIT3
0
0
Not defined
1
0
Preferred RNC

This parameter is
replaced with
CPreferRNC(ADD/MOD
UNODEB).This
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

0
1
Non-preferred RNC
1
1
Invalid value

Threshold for starting


flow control over lowpriority RRC connection
setup requests based
on CPU usage
Value range: 70~90
Recommended value:
80

The function does not


need to be configured
manually.This reserved V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to perform the


dynamic access class
(AC) control algorithm
to periodically update
the IE Value Tag.
When dynamic AC
control is performed to
release AC restrictions,
the RNC periodically
updates the IE Value
Tag so that the UE can
update the system
messages in time. The
dynamic AC control
algorithm includes the
access control
algorithm, automatic
DSAC algorithm, celloriented manual DSAC
algorithm (in dynamic
limited-access mode),
and cell-oriented
intelligent access class
control algorithm.
0: The switch is turned
off.
1: The switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ReliabilitySwitch:SI_VA
LUETAG_UPDATE_S
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

332152397.xls

161

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT14

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT22

332152397.xls

162

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
When this parameter
delivery of the setting of
value is changed from 0 this parameter, the
to 1, RNC data
system does not use
smoothing is triggered. this parameter. This
Do not modify the
parameter is replaced
default value of this
with
parameter. If necessary, KPICureCtrlSwitch:MA
contact Huawei
NUAL_TRIGG_DATA_
technical support.
SMOOTH_SWITCH(SE
T
UKPISELFCUREPARA)
.

Whether to enable the


RNC to preferentially
process a SECURITY
MODE COMMAND
specific to a CS service
in CS+PS combined
services immediately
after the Iu signaling
connection for the PS
service is set up.
1: The switch is turned
on. The RNC
preferentially processes
a SECURITY MODE
COMMAND specific to
a CS service in CS+PS
combined services
immediately after the Iu
signaling connection for
the PS service is set
up.
0: The switch is turned
off. The RNC processes
a SECURITY MODE
COMMAND specific to
a CS service in CS+PS
combined services after
the PS service is set
up.

Versions earlier than


V900R011
V900R012
V900R013
V900R014

This parameter is
replaced with
FunctionSwitch:CS_SE
CMODE_PRI_CSPS_S
WITCH(SET
V900R014SPC520
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

V900R015C00

V900R015C00

163

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit8

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT30

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit12

332152397.xls

164

Whether to enable the


function of recovering
the memories that
experience SRAM
parity check failures.
This function takes
effect only when the
SRAM parity check
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
BRDRAMSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

Whether all the


following quick
reconfiguration
procedures are
supported for a hard
handover of CS
services:
Physical channel
reconfiguration
Transport channel
reconfiguration
RB setup or
reconfiguration
1: When this switch is
turned on, all these
quick reconfiguration
procedures are
supported for a hard
handover of CS
services.
0: When this switch is
turned off, all these
quick reconfiguration
procedures are not
supported for a hard
handover of CS
services.

This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:C
S_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether to ignore
Dcache memory
exceptions. Dcache
memory exceptions are
caused by Dcache
memory soft failures.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
BRDRAMSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

165

URRCTRLSWITCH

UNODEBALGOPARA

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT3

RsvdPara1

ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA

RSVDBIT2

332152397.xls

166

Whether the RNC


releases the RRC
connection upon receipt
of the cell update
message indicating that
a FAST DORMANCY
user reenters the
serving cell.
1: This switch is turned
on. Upon receipt of the
cell update message
indicating that a FAST
DORMANCY user
reenters the serving
cell, the RNC directly
releases the RRC
connection.
0: This switch is turned
off. Upon receipt of the
cell update message
indicating that a FAST
DORMANCY user
reenters the serving
cell, the RNC properly
processes the cell
update.

Whether an RNC is a
preferred RNC for a
NodeB
The meanings of
different settings of
RSVDBIT2 and
RSVDBIT3 are as
follows:
RSVDBIT2 RSVDBIT3
0
0
Not defined
1
0
Preferred RNC

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:FD_
PCH_REENTERSA_F
ORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

This parameter is
replaced with
CPreferRNC(ADD/MOD
UNODEB).This
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

0
1
Non-preferred RNC
1
1
Invalid value

332152397.xls

167

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT16
H

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT10

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter10

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit30

332152397.xls

168

Whether the RNC


performs directed retry
decision (DRD) for a
candidate cell based on
the priority of the
HSDPA service or
HSUPA service for the
cell when determining
the cell service priority.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC performs
DRD based on the
priority of the HSUPA
service for the cell.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC performs
DRD based on the
priority of the HSDPA
service for the cell.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH532
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520
parameter is replaced
with
HSDPAAdvDRDSwitch(
SET UDRD).

Whether the RNC


monitors and rectifies
any error in the number
of HSPA users.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
rectifies any faults in
HSPA user resources.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not rectify any
faults in HSPA user
resources.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function does not need
to be configured
manually.

V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013

Although the
configuration interface
Whether to enable flow
in this version supports
control compensation
delivery of the setting of
on interface boards.
this parameter, the
This function is enabled
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
when this parameter is
V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
set to 0, and this
function configured
function is disabled
through this parameter
when this parameter is
is deleted or does not
set to 1.
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

169

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit17

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit13

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit24

DEVRSVDPARA

RSVDSW2

SET DEVRSVDPARA

bit4

332152397.xls

170

Although the
configuration interface
Whether to enable the
in this version supports
ECC function for the
delivery of the setting of
SDRAM of the AEUa
this parameter, the
board's daughter board.
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned
this parameter. This
on.
parameter is replaced
1: This switch is turned
with
off.
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

Detection mode of
intra-SCUa/SCUb
communication. When
the system detects a
communication failure,
the SCUa/SCUb is
reset.
1: The system detects
unicast and multicast
packets alternately.
0: The system detects
unicast packets.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC580
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
B010
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT8(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

Whether to check
logical component
packets. The AOUc,
UOIc, POUc, FG2c, or
GOUc board is
automatically reset
when it detects packet
errors.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether to enable
logical remote loopback
detection for selfhealing on an AOUc or
UOIc board. When the
CPU on the AOUc or
UOIc board detects that
the FPGA chip is faulty,
the system
automatically reset the
AOUc or UOIc board.
0: The logical remote
loopback detection for
self-healing switch is
turned off.
1: The logical remote
loopback detection for
self-healing switch is
turned on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

171

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT19

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter10

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

Bit20~Bit29

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit14

332152397.xls

172

Whether the user-plane


delay is optimized for
the LTE-to-UMTS
handover in the PS
domain
0: This switch is turned
off. The user-plane
delay is not optimized.
1: This switch is turned
on. The user-plane
delay decreases after
being optimized.

This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH3:I
NTERRAT2U_RESUM
E_PS_ASAP_SWITCH
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Delay of the rollback of


the flow control on
interface boards. When
this parameter is set to
00000000, the default
value 600 ms is
applied.
Value range: 10~1000
Unit: 10 ms
If requested resources
are not allocated to an
interface board and are
released within the
duration specified by
this parameter, the
resource request is
rolled back. If
requested resources
are not allocated to an
interface board and are
not released within the
duration specified by
this parameter, the
resource request is
partly rolled back.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether to monitor the


status of the packet
transmission module of
the logical chip on the
POUa board's daughter
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

173

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11

174

Whether the RNC


cancels an interfrequency handover of
12.2 kbit/s AMR voice
services after a UE
returns a PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
cancels an interfrequency handover of
12.2 kbit/s AMR voice
services after a UE
returns a PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not cancel an
inter-frequency
handover of 12.2 kbit/s
AMR voice services
after a UE returns a
PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message.

This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:A
MR_HHO_FAIL_ROLL
BACK_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

175

UCELLALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT9

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1

176
the corresponding
threshold offsets.
BIT8 BIT9 BIT10
Typical Value
Admission Policy RT
NRT OTHER
0
0
0 All
switches are turned off
Loose policy Null Null
Null
0
0
1
Typical
value 1 Strict policy1
5
5
0
0
1
0
Typical
value 2 Strict policy 2
0
0
0
0
1
1
Typical
value 3 Strict policy 3
-5 -5
-5
1
0
0
Typical
value 4 Strict policy 4
5
5
-15
1
0
1
Typical
value 5 Strict policy 5
0
0
-15
1
1
0
Typical
value 6 Strict policy 6
-5 -5
-20
1
1
1
Typical
value 7 Strict policy 7
15 10
-10

This parameter is
replaced with
RTRRCCacThdOffset,
NRTRRCCacThdOffset,
OtherRRCCacThdOffse
t(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
UCELLCAC) and
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
RRCCacChoice(ADD/M
OD
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Note:
Uplink admission
threshold:
RTRRCCacThdOffset +
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR
Whether static
relocation request
messages contain the
calculationTimeForCiph
ering IE
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. Static relocation
request messages
contain the
calculationTimeForCiph
ering IE.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_RELOC_IE_C
ALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
TCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

177

UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

RsvSwitch0

SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2

178
scheduling period can
be broadcast. In
addition, the RNC sets
Message Description
Type that corresponds
to the value of the
RsvdCbsCapacity
parameter to no
message in CBS
scheduling messages.
If CBS messages need
to be broadcast in the
current scheduling
period, the RNC adjusts
the length of CBS
scheduling messages
based on the value of
RsvdBsCapacity
parameter and sets
Message Description
Type that corresponds
to the value of the
RsvdCbsCapacity
parameter to Reading
advised in CBS
scheduling messages.
The RNC configures
scheduling information
about CBS messages
in CBS scheduling
messages of the next
scheduling period.
0: This switch is turned
off. Dynamic
adjustment of CBS
scheduling messages is
disabled. The RNC sets

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
CbsEnhanceSwitch:CB
S_SCHBLOCK_DYN_A
DJ_SWITCH(ADD
UCELLCBSDRX).

332152397.xls

179

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch5

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT2

180
Radio Network
temporary identity (HRNTI) and includes a
C-RNTI and H-RNTI in
this message after
receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause value "reentering service area"
or "RLC unrecoverable
error" from a UE when
the E-FACH feature has
been enabled.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC sends the
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message on
the common H-RNTI
and includes the CRNTI and H-RNTI after
receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause value "reentering service area"
or "RLC unrecoverable
error."
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC sends the
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message on
the dedicated H-RNTI
and does not include
the C-RNTI and HRNTI in the message
after receiving the
CELL UPDATE
message with the

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch2:EF
ACH_CU_COMMON_H
RNTI_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

181

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA2

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT0-BIT7

ETHSWITCH

RESPARA64

SET ETHSWITCH

bit30

332152397.xls

182

Sets the tolerant delay


of dynamic congestion
flow control function
based on interprocess
communication (IPC) to
realize IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control of the
SPUa/SPUb board.
When the IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control switch BIT7
with the parameter ID
of RESSW5 is enabled,
this parameter takes
effect.
The value of this
parameter displayed on
the ADD command
configuration interface
ranges from 0 to 255,
measured in units of
0.1s.
The valid value ranges
from 5 to 50. If the
value of this parameter
exceeds the valid value
range, the
recommended value is
10.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014C00SPC510
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Whether to detect
service channel faults.
When the FG2c or
GOUc board detects
that a hardware fault
occurs on a service
channel component,
the board is
automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

183

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara3

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT1

UNBMPARA

ReservedU32Para1

SET UNBMPARA

BIT0~BIT31

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA11

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit25

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para2

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT8~BIT11

332152397.xls

184

Whether the RNC takes


performance counter
statistics on duplicate
RRC connection
requests.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC takes
performance counter
statistics on the
duplicate RRC
connection requests.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
take performance
counter statistics on the
duplicate RRC
connection requests.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch=RR
C_REPEAT_PFM_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Threshold for starting


flow control over highpriority RRC connection
setup requests based
on CPU usage
Value range: 70~90
Recommended value:
90

The function does not


need to be configured
manually.This reserved V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to enable the


logical reset function on
the mother board of an
interface board.
0: indicates that the
logical reset function is
disabled.
1: indicates that the
logical reset function is
enabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
BPCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

Sets the maximum rate


of the PS service when
the PS service downlink
is fixedly carried on the
DCH in RCS-e
scenario.
The value of the PS
service rate ranges
from 1 t o 8 and
corresponds to 8 Kbit/s,
16 Kbit/s, 32 Kbit/s, 64
Kbit/s, 128 Kbit/s, 256
Kbit/s, and 384 Kbit/s.
If the value is out of
range, it is
recommended that the
value be set to 8 by
default and correspond
to 384 Kbit/s.

This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsDlDchRate(SET V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
parameter is deleted in
current version.

332152397.xls

185

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT18

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT5

332152397.xls

186

Priority for processing


intra-frequency
measurement reports
and 2D2F events.
When this parameter is
set to 1, intra-frequency
measurement reports
take priority over 2D2F
events. When this
parameter is set to 0,
2D2F events take
priority over intrafrequency
measurement reports.

This parameter is
replaced with
HoSwitch:HO_INTRA_
FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2
D2F_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether the RADIO


LINK SETUP
REQUEST message
sent to the NodeB by
the RNC carries the
RRC procedure
indication during RRC
connection setup.
1: This switch is turned
on. During RRC
connection setup, the
RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message
sent to the NodeB by
the RNC carries the
RRC procedure
indication.
0: This switch is turned
off. During RRC
connection setup, the
RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message
sent to the NodeB by
the RNC does not carry
the RRC procedure
indication.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
FunctionSwitch:RRC_C
ONN_STATE_TO_NOD
EB_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

187

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT26

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch7

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT3

332152397.xls

188

Whether an RNC sends


a SECURITY MODE
REJECT message to
the CN when the RNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE message from
a UE after sending a
SECURITY MODE
COMMAND message
to the UE.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC continues
with the security mode
control procedure after
processing the CELL
UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC sends a
SECURITY MODE
REJECT message to
the CN and then
processes the CELL
UPDATE message.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:SE
CU_CU_CROSS_SWIT
CH(SET
V900R014C00SPH513 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Indicates whether to
enable the RCS-e (Rich
Communication Suit
enhanced) service that
supports voice services
carried in the CS
domain and video
services carried in the
PS domain.
0: This parameter is set
to DISABLE.
1: This parameter is set
to ENABLE.

This parameter is
replaced with
CfgSwitch:CFG_RCS_
E_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UCORRMALGOSWITC V900R014
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to use the


VS.MBMS.PTM.RB.Ma
x.Cell counter to
measure the maximum
number of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state in a
cell.
0: The switch is turned
off. The maximum
number of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state is
not measured.
1: The switch is turned
on. The
VS.MBMS.PTM.RB.Ma
x.Cell counter is used
to measure the
maximum number of
UEs in the CELL_FACH
state.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
system does not use
this parameter. The
function does not need
to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

189

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para3

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter10

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

332152397.xls

Bit31

190

Specifies the high


throughput indication
threshold for BE
services used in the
abnormal air interfacebased H2F transition.
When the BE service
throughput is higher
than this threshold, the
BE services have high
throughput.
Value range: 132
Unit: kbit/s
Parameter relationship:
The value of
RsvU8Para2 is not
greater than that of
RsvU8Para3.
When the value of this
parameter is out of the
value range or the
parameter relationship
is not met, this
parameter is set to 8.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FHighThrou
Thd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
s reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


rollback of the flow
control on interface
boards.
This function is enabled
when this parameter is
set to 0, and this
function is disabled
when this parameter is
set to 1.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

332152397.xls

191

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para4

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7

332152397.xls

192
Specifies the relative
Ea threshold for the
downlink transmitted
code power for BE
services used in the
abnormal air interfacebased H2F transition.
When the downlink
transmitted code power
is greater than the
absolute Ea threshold,
event Ea is triggered. In
this case, periodic
measurement of the
service traffic and
throughput for HSDPA
BE services is
triggered. The absolute
Ea threshold is
calculated using the
following formula:
Absolute Ea threshold =
Maximum downlink
transmit power
Relative Ea threshold
Value range: 156
Unit: 0.5 dB
Parameter relationship:
The value of
RsvU8Para4 is not
greater than that of
RsvU8Para5.
When the value of this
parameter is out of the
value range or the
parameter relationship
is not met, this
parameter is set to 2.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnEaThd(SET
UQUALITYMEAS).This V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

193

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para0

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7

ETHSWITCH

RESSW3

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT0

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit12

332152397.xls

194
PS BE services and the
initial service access
rate in scenarios of
CS+PS BE combined
services.
Value range: 0, 1, 2, 3
0: The channel bearing
type and initial access
rate of PS BE services
are not limited.
1: PS BE services are
carried over the DCH in
the uplink and downlink
and the initial access
rate of the PS BE
services is 0 kbit/s.
2: PS BE services are
carried over the DCH in
the uplink and downlink
and the initial access
rate of the PS BE
services is 8 kbit/s.
3: PS BE services are
carried over the DCH in
the uplink and the initial
access rate of the PS
BE services is 8 kbit/s.
In the downlink, the
channel for carrying PS
BE services and the
initial access rate are
not limited.
This parameter is set to
0 when its value is
beyond the value
range.
When this parameter is
set to 1, 2, or 3,

This parameter is
replaced with
BeInitBitrateTypeforCs
Ps(SET UFRC).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00

Whether to enable the


relative timer selfhealing function. When
the relative timer on a
board fails to start, the
board is automatically
reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT6(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

Whether to support the


service awareness
function.
0: This switch is turned
on, and the service
awareness function is
supported.
1: This switch is turned
off, and the service
awareness function is
not supported.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:SERVIC
E_APPERCEIVE_SWI
TCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

332152397.xls

195

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT8

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT22

332152397.xls

196

Whether a UMTS/LTE
UE transits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH or from
CELL_DCH to the idle
mode when an inactivity
timer expires. The
inactivity timer is
specified by the
PsInactTmrForFstDrmD
ch parameter in the
SET UPSINACTTIMER
command.
0: This switch is turned
off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the
CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH when the
inactivity timer expires.
1: This switch is turned
on. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from
CELL_DCH to the idle
mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
This parameter takes
effect when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10 of the
RsvSwitch0 parameter
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is set to 1.

This parameter is
replaced with
ProcessSwitch4=UL_D
UAL_MODE_UE_D2P_
OR_D2I_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether active link reestablishment is


allowed after an SRB
reset
0: This switch is turned
on. Active link reestablishment is
allowed after the RNC
layer 2 reports the SRB
reset.
1: This switch is turned
off. Active link reestablishment is not
allowed after the RNC
layer 2 reports the SRB
reset.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:SR
B_RESET_RL_SETUP
_SWITCH (SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

197

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT17

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU8Para2

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

332152397.xls

198

Whether an RNC
buffers a DIRECT
TRANSFER message
upon receiving it from
the CN and sends a
PAGING message
when receiving a
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from a UE transiting
from Cell_FACH to
Cell_PCH.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC buffers
the DIRECT
TRANSFER messages
and sends the PAGING
message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
buffer the DIRECT
TRANSFER message.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch:F2P
_DT_MSG_BUFFER_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether to log error


codes.
0: This switch is turned
off. Error codes are not
logged.
1: This switch is turned
on. Error codes are
logged.
To modify this
parameter, contact
Huawei Customer
Service Center.

This parameter is
replaced with
ChrProcSwitch:CHR_C
ALL_FAULT_ALL_OUT
PUT_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
UCHRCTRL).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

SPU CPU usage


threshold for allowing
cell-level CAPS flow
control
If the SPU CPU usage
is higher than this
threshold, cell-level
CAPS flow control is
allowed.
Value range: 1~100
Recommended value:
80
Parameter relationship:
The value of the
ReservedU8Para2
parameter must be
greater than or equal to
the value of the
ReservedU8Para3
parameter.

This parameter is
replaced with
CapsFcCpuTrigThd(SE
T
V900R013C00SPH529
V900R015C00
UCALLSHOCKCTRL ). V900R014
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

332152397.xls

199

UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

MocnControlSwitch

SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

SPARE_2_SWITCH

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU8Para3

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT0~BIT7

332152397.xls

200
selects an operator
based on the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
DIRECT TRANSFER
message sent by a CN
when the MOCN
feature is enabled.
1: indicates that the
switch is turned on.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
parses the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
DIRECT TRANSFER
message.
If the type of NAS-PDU
is LOCATION
UPDATING ACCEPT,
ROUTING AREA
UPDATE ACCEPT, or
ATTACH ACCEPT, the
RNC selects the
corresponding operator
to provide service for
the UE.
If the type of NAS-PDU
is LOCATION
UPDATING REJECT,
ROUTING AREA
UPDATE REJECT, or
ATTACH REJECT, the
RNC attempts to select
another operator.
0: indicates that the
switch is turned off.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not parse the

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
MocnControlSwitch2:M
OCN_SUPP_UE_ACT_
AS_NOSUPP_SWITCH
(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).

SPU CPU usage


threshold for forbidding
cell-level CAPS flow
control
If the SPU CPU usage
is lower than this
threshold, cell-level
CAPS flow control is
forbidden.
Value range: 1~100
Recommended value:
70
Parameter relationship:
The value of the
ReservedU8Para2
parameter must be
greater than or equal to
the value of the
ReservedU8Para3
parameter.

This parameter is
replaced with
CapsFcCpuRelThd(SE
T
V900R013C00SPH529
V900R015C00
UCALLSHOCKCTRL ). V900R014
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

201

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA12

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

0xFFFFFFFF

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara2

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

N/A

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT5
H

332152397.xls

202

Switch for the Dual


Path function. The Dual
Path function reports
the bandwidth of
interface boards to the
MPU in real time. Bit3
to bit31 indicate the
Dual Path switch for the
interface boards in slot0
to slot27. For example,
bit3 corresponds to
slot0, bit4 corresponds
to slot1, and bit31
corresponds to slot27.
The default value of a
bit is set to 1, the
function is enabled for
the board in the
corresponding slot. If a
bit is set to 0, the
function is disabled for
the board in the
corresponding slot.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Amount of time the


RNC waits for a cell
update message from a
UE with ongoing CS
services after the RNC
turns off the radio
transmitter.
Unit: ms
Value
Range:0~4294967295
Recommended Value:
15000

This parameter is
replaced with
CSRLReEstCellUpdate
Tmr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


FDPCH-code fault
rectification function.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_FDPCH_FAUL
TY_RECOVER_SWITC
H(SET UNBMPARA).

V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPH512
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014

332152397.xls

203

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT2
H

TRANSRSVPARA

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS6

RSVDSW1

332152397.xls

204

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
Whether the intrathis parameter, the
frequency ReadSFNInd system does not use
in system information
this parameter. This
SIB11/SIB12 of a cell is parameter is replaced
set to the fixed value
with
READ.
CmpSwitch2:CMP_RE
ADSFN_IND_IN_SIB_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

This parameter
determines whether to
isolate the services
carried on the optical
port where the ALM21273 SDH/SONET HP
Remote Defect
Indication alarm is
reported after this alarm
is reported on a
UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate

Versions earlier than


V900R011
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R015C00
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
V900R014

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
HPRDIAUTOISOSW(S
ET INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

205

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT4

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT4
H

332152397.xls

206

Whether to allow the


RNC to optimize the
algorithm of TTI
dynamic switching for
differentiated BE
services based on
fairness.
0: This switch is turned
off, the RNC updates
the throughput
measurement control
parameter for this
algorithm after the
handover is complete
and prohibits this
algorithm from
triggering dynamic TTI
shifts from 2 ms to 10
ms in the following 5s.
1: This switch is turned
on, the RNC does not
update the throughput
measurement control
parameter for this
algorithm if the
parameter does not
change after a
handover is complete.
In this case, the RNC
triggers this algorithm
upon receiving a TTI
measurement report.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_TTI_MC_UP
DATE_OPT_SWITCH(
SET UCORRMPARA).

Whether the optimized


database query
algorithm is enabled to
reduce the CPU usage
of the SPUb board
during cross-Iur
handovers
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
optimized database
query algorithm is not
used.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
optimized database
query algorithm is used.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_IUR_DB_TIC
K_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

207

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT26
H

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT6

ETHSWITCH

RESSW2

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT6

332152397.xls

208

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
Whether NSN CN, HW
this parameter, the
SRNC, and DRNC
system does not use
change from the IUUP2
this parameter. This
V900R012C01SPH516
mode back to IUUP1
parameter is replaced V900R013C00SPC520 V900R015C00
mode when the Uu
with
V900R014
interface has one more
CmpSwitch2:CMP_SR
0 kbit/s data rate than
NSR_WAMR_MODE_0
the Iu interface.
_RESTORE_SWITCH(
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

When this switch is


turned on,When a UE
in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state sends
the RNC a Cell Update
message containing the
information element
(IE) "am-RLCErrorIndicationRb23or4" with a value of
TRUE,the RNC
releases the RRC
connection with the UE
(reason for the release:
directed signalling
connection reestablishment) and no
PS call drop is counted.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
performs the normal
procedure.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:P
CH_UE_SRB_RESET_
DSCR_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


message resource selfhealing function. When
a board fails to apply
for message packets
for a long period of time
due to message
insufficiency, the board
is automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT4(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

209

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT23

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT4

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT1

332152397.xls

210

Whether to enable the


DL Layer 2
Improvement feature
for E_PCH-incapable
UEs that have ongoing
PTT services
0: When this switch is
turned off, the DL Layer
2 Improvement feature
is enabled for E_PCHincapable UEs that
have ongoing PTT
services.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the DL Layer
2 Improvement feature
is not enabled for
E_PCH-incapable UEs
that have ongoing PTT
services.

This parameter is
replaced with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_UE_
NOT_USE_DL_ENL2_
EXIST_PTT_SWITCH( V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
SET
V900R014
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

When this switch is


turned on,upon
receiving a cell update
message from a UE in
the CELL_DCH state,
the TRNC releases the
RRC connection with
the cause value
"directed signalling
connection reestablishment",
When this switch is
turned off, upon
receiving a cell update
message from a UE in
the CELL_DCH
state,the RNC performs
the migration
procedure.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:D
RNC_DCH_RCV_CELL
_RESEL_MSG_DSCR_
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
Whether the HS-SCCH system does not use
can preempt the code this parameter. This
resources occupied by parameter is replaced
Ues.
with
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
EEMPT_ENH_HSSCC
H_PREEMPT_SF_SWI
TCH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).

Versions earlier than


V900R011
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R015C00
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

211

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT1

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit5

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT12
H

332152397.xls

212

Whether to optimize the


combined hard
handover and SRNS
relocation for CS+PS
BE combined services.
1: This switch is turned
on. When the relocation
policies for CS and PS
services are different,
the serving RNC
(SRNC) releases the
PS services and then
triggers a combined
hard handover and
SRNS relocation for the
CS services.
0: This switch is turned
off. The combined hard
handover and SRNS
relocation is not
optimized.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_IUR_CSPS_
COMB_OPT_SWITCH(
SET UCORRMPARA).

Whether to enable the


guaranteed bit rate
(GBR) protection and
compensation function.
When overbooking
congestion is cleared
on the Iub interface and
the current UE rate is
lower than the GBR,
the MAC-d improves
the current UE rate to
the GBR.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:NO_CO
NG_RESUME_GUARA
NTEE_RATE_SWITCH
(SET UDPUCFGDATA).

Whether to start the


delay timer for
switching from 2 ms TTI
to 10 ms TTI based on
differentiated fairness
of users
0: This switch is turned
off. The delay timer
does not start.
1: This switch is turned
on. The delay timer
starts.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH532
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_BASE_RES_
BE_TTI_DELAY_SWIT
CH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

213

ETHSWITCH

RESSW5

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT4

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA10

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit2

332152397.xls

214

Whether to enable the


self-healing function
when hardware faults
occur. When the DPUb,
DPUe, or NIUa board is
reset for three or more
times due to hardware
faults, the SCU
automatically inhibits
the board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT10(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

Whether to forbid the


CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH (F2D) state
transition triggered by
the dynamic channel
reconfiguration control
(DCCC) function when
the cell is in the
overload control (OLC)
state and the OLC
switch is turned on. To
meet the UE's
requirement for
improving the service
rate, the RNC instructs
the UE to move from
the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_DCH
state.
0: This switch is turned
off,and the RNC allows
the F2D state transition
triggered by DCCC.
1: This switch is turned
on,and the RNC forbids
the F2D state transition
triggered by DCCC.
Note: F2D transitions
may not be triggered
even when this switch
is turned off because
they also depend on
whether there are
enough cell resources.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_OLC_REJ_F2
V900R013C00SPC552
DDCCC_SWITCH(SET
V900R015C00
V900R014
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Switch for the Port Link


Aggregation Control
Protocol (RLACP). The
default value of the
parameter is set to 0,
so this protocol is
enabled. If this
parameter is set to 1,
this protocol is
disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

215

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara2

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT2

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit11

UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

MocnControlSwitch

SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

SPARE_5_SWITCH

332152397.xls

216

Whether the PCHR log


records all call drops
1: This switch is turned
on. In the hybrid service
scenario, the PCHR log
records all call drops.
0: This switch is turned
off. In the hybrid service
scenario, the PCHR log
records the last call
drop.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC510
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ChrProcSwitch:PCHR_
RECORD_ALL_CALL_
DROP_SWITCH(SET
UCHRCTRL).

Whether to enable the


MAC-d scheduling
check function. When
this switch is turned on,
the RNC checks MAC-d
scheduling groups. The
RNC provides users
with check information
only when the MAC-d
scheduling groups are
abnormal.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:MACD_
SCHEDULE_CHECK_
SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

Whether the RNC


preferentially selects
the configured default
operator to provide
service for a UE when
the MOCN feature is
enabled.
1: indicates that the
switch is turned on.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
preferentially selects
the default operator
configured by running
the SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE command if
the configuration is
valid.
0: indicates that the
switch is turned off.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
selects an operator
based on the existing
policy.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC200
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
MocnControlSwitch2:PL
MN_SEL_BY_INT_DT_
SWITCH(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).

332152397.xls

217

TRANSRSVPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS8

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT1
H

UDPUCFGDATA

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

332152397.xls

RsvdSwitch1_Bit4

218

Whether to check the


integrity of the protocol
stack backup data for
the FG2a, GOUa,
FG2c, GOUc or POUa
board. Do not change
the value of this
parameter unless under
the instructions of
Huawei engineers.
1: indicates that the
check function is
enabled.
0: indicates that the
check function is
disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IPPROTOCOLCHECK
SW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Whether the intrafrequency


measurement reports of
UEs must contain
synchronization
information about the
cells in the active set.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the intrafrequency
measurement reports of
UEs do not need to
contain synchronization
information about the
cells in the active set.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the intrafrequency
measurement reports of
UEs must contain
synchronization
information about the
cells in the active set.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_ACT
IVESET_REPORT_WI
TH_SYN_SWITCH(SE
T
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Whether to enable the


RLC in UM mode to
send Status Ind to the
RRC. When the RLC in
UM mode adjusts the
hyper frame number
(HFN) quadruple or
more, the RLC sends
Status Ind to the RRC
and instructs the RRC
to release connections.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:RLC_U
M_HFN_INVALID_RRC
_REL_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R012C01SPH202 V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

219

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT2

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

TRANSRSVPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS1

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU8Para0
H

SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC BIT0~BIT7
H

332152397.xls

220
dedicated transport
channel information
carried in the relocation
request message
0: This switch is turned
off. In this case, during
the relocation with cell
update of a UE in nonCELL_DCH state, the
DRNC processes the
information of all the
dedicated transfer
channels after receiving
the relocation request
message.
1: This switch is turned
on. In this case, during
the cell update with
relocation of a UE in
non-CELL_DCH state,
the DRNC only
processes the
information of the first
dedicated transfer
channel after receiving
the relocation request
message. Therefore, if
the UE in nonCELL_DCH state is
engaged in relocation
with cell update and the
relocation request
message carries the
information of multiple
dedicated transfer
channels, the new
service cannot be set
up after relocation, and
This parameter
determines whether to
isolate the services
carried on the optical
port where the ALM21272 SDH/SONET AU
Loss of Pointer alarm is
reported after this alarm
is reported on a
UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_REL
OC_IN_FACH_DEL_D
CH_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Event 6A relative
delivery of the setting of
threshold at which
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
uplink BE services are
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
switched from DCHs to
this parameter. This
V900R014
E-DCHs based on
parameter is replaced
coverage conditions
with
BaseCoverD2E6AThd(
SET UDCCC).

332152397.xls

221

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT12

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

TRANSRSVPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS7

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara3

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

332152397.xls

N/A

222

Indicates whether the


background noise onetime quick update
algorithm is enabled.
0: Indicates that the
background noise onetime quick update
algorithm is enabled.
After the RNC is
updated, the
background noise value
is set to the value of
BackgroundNoise (ADD
UCELLCAC), and the
algorithm quickly
updates the one-time
background noise value
based on the
environment.
1: Indicates that the
background noise onetime quick update
algorithm is disabled.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_BGNOISE_QU
V900R013C00SPH556
ICK_UPT_SWITCH(SE
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC500
T UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether the port-level


flow control function is
enabled on the FG2c or
GOUc board. Do not
change the value of this
parameter unless under
the instructions of
Huawei engineers.
1: indicates that the
port-level flow control
function is enabled on
the FG2c or GOUc
board.
0: indicates that the
port-level flow control
function is disabled on
the FG2c or GOUc
board.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PORTFCSWITCH(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Time the RNC waits for


a cell update message
from a UE with only
ongoing PS services
after the RNC turns off
the radio transmitter.
Unit: ms
Value
Range:0~4294967295
Recommended Value:
35000

This parameter is
replaced with
PSRLReEstCellUpdate
Tmr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPH512
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014

332152397.xls

223

ETHSWITCH

UCELLALGOSWITCH

UCELLALGOSWITCH

RESSW2

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT7

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT3

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT4

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT4
H

332152397.xls

224

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT5(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

This parameter is
replaced with
DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch:CS
Whether CS RAB
_SETUP_OPT_SWITC
establishment can use
H(ADD
the code resources
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
reserved for handovers.
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

This parameter is
replaced with
CellCallShockSwitch(A
Whether to enable cell- DD
level call shock.
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

V900R011C00SPC720
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500 V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

Whether the RNC takes


the cell congestion
status into
consideration when
determining the initial
AMR mode during an
AMR service setup
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
takes the cell
congestion status into
consideration during an
AMR service setup.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
does not take the cell
congestion status into
consideration during an
AMR service setup.
Both the uplink and
downlink data rates are
GBRs.

Versions earlier than


V900R011
V900R011C00SPC700
V900R015C00
V900R012
V900R013
V900R014

Whether to enable the


memory buffer (MBUF)
self-healing function. A
board is automatically
reset when it fails to
apply for the MBUF.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_AM
RC_FIXED_INITRATE_
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

332152397.xls

225

UCACALGOSWITCH

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

RSVDBIT6

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT2
H

UCELLALGOSWITCH

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT5

226

Whether codes are preallocated to HSPA


services.
1: When this switch is
turned on, codes are
pre-allocated to the HSSCCH, E-AGCH, ERGCH, and E-HICH
immediately after a cell
is set up.
0: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_HSPA_CODE_
ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH
(SET UNBMPARA).

V900R011C00SPC750
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014

Whether the RLC entity


can be re-established in
only the uplink or
downlink during the
state transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH (F2D for
short)
0: The RLC entity must
be re-established in
both uplink and
downlink during F2D.
1: The RLC entity can
be re-established in
only the uplink or
downlink during F2D.
Note: If the UE does
not support RLC reestablishment in only
the uplink or downlink,
F2D fails and the UE
stays in the
CELL_FACH state. As
a result, the throughput
decreases.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_F2D
_RLC_ONESIDE_REB
UILD_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Versions earlier than


V900R011
V900R011C00SPC700
V900R015C00
V900R012
V900R013
V900R014

Whether to discard PS
RRC connection setup
requests retransmitted
if timer T300 expires on
the UE side and to
discard PS cell update
requests retransmitted
in the CELL_PCH state
if timer T302 expires on
the UE side
1: When this switch is
turned on, such
retransmitted PS RRC
connection setup
requests and PS cell
update requests are
discarded.
0: This switch is turn
off.

This parameter is
replaced with
CcchCongCtrlSwitch(A
DD UCELLLDR).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014

332152397.xls

227

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit15

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT28

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT23
H

332152397.xls

228

Although the
configuration interface
Whether to enable the
in this version supports
IuUP to discard null
delivery of the setting of
frames. When this
this parameter, the
switch is turned on, the
system does not use
IuUP discards null
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
frames.
V900R014
parameter is replaced
0: This switch is turned
with
on.
ProcessSwitch:IUUP_E
1: This switch is turned
MPTY_FRAME_DISCA
off.
RD_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

Switch for the radio link


restoration timer
0: This switch is turned
on. If there are CS
services and the last
radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link
to restore before the
timer T313 expires.
1: This switch is turned
off. If there are CS
services and the last
radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link
to restore before the
original timer expires.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:RL_
RESTORE_SWITCH
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the SRB can


be switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels immediately
after the DRD
procedure in which the
channel for carrying the
SRB is limited
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. The SRB is
switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels immediately
after the DRD
procedure.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH513
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_SRB_FAST_
HRETRY_AFTER_DRD
_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

229

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT10
H

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

TRANSRSVPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS2

332152397.xls

RsvdSwitch1_Bit17

230

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
Whether to re-establish this parameter, the
radio links (RLs) when system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
multiple cross-Iur RLs this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
belonging to the same parameter is replaced
V900R014
DRNC are added
with
simultaneously
CmpSwitch2:CMP_IUR
_MULTI_RL_ADD_RET
RY_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Although the
configuration interface
Whether to enable the in this version supports
self-healing function for delivery of the setting of
MEM POOL resources this parameter, the
on the DPUb or DPUe system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
board.
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
0: This switch is turned parameter is replaced
on.
with
1: This switch is turned SelfCureSwitch:MEM_P
off.
OOL_SELFCUR_SWIT
CH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

This parameter
determines whether to
isolate the services
carried on the optical
port where the ALM21256 SDH/SONET
Loss of Cell Delineation
alarm is reported after
this alarm is reported
on a UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

332152397.xls

231

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT11
H

UALGORSVPARA

SET UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT5

232

Whether the
channelization code
released by a common
channel is reserved
during a common
channel
reestablishment
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
channelization code
released by a common
channel is not reserved
during a common
channel
reestablishment. After a
successful cell setup,
the channelization code
used by the common
channel may change.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
channelization code
released by a common
channel is reserved
during a common
channel
reestablishment. After a
successful cell setup,
the channelization code
used by the common
channel remains
unchanged.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH522
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_CCH_DLCOD
E_RESERV_SWITCH(
SET UNBMPARA).

When this switch is


turned on, the method
for measuring the
VS.MultiRAB_AttEstab.
PSPS and
VS.MultiRAB_AttEstab.
CSPS counters is
optimized.
When this switch is
turned off, the method
for measuring the
VS.MultiRAB_AttEstab.
PSPS and
VS.MultiRAB_AttEstab.
CSPS counters is not
optimized.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:M
ULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_
DEF_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

233

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT29
H

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU32Para1
H

SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC BIT0~BIT31
H

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT5
H

332152397.xls

234

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Whether the frequency delivery of the setting of
band of an inter-RAT
this parameter, the
neighboring cell is set system does not use
V900R011C00SPH752
to 1900 MHz
this parameter. This
V913C00SPC520
V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned parameter is replaced
V900R014
off.
with
1: This switch is turned CmpSwitch2:CMP_GS
on.
M_NCELL_BAND_190
0M_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

Number of UEs for


which FACH resources
are reserved. The
reserved FACH
resources are used for
signaling transmission,
for example, P2F.
Value 0 indicates that
no FACH resource is
reserved.
Values 1~30 indicate
that FACH resources
are reserved for one to
thirty UEs.
Any value greater than
30 indicates that no
FACH resource is
reserved.

This parameter is
replaced with
FachUserNumReserv(S
ET
UCACALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

V900R012C01SPC506
V900R012C01SPH222
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
Whether the BE service
system does not use
of a UE is switched
V900R012C01SPC506
this parameter. This
from HSUPA channels
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
to R99 channels in
V900R014
with
weak coverage areas
DraSwitch2:DRA_BAS
E_COVER_BE_E2D_I
NITSEL_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

332152397.xls

235

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit10

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT9
H

SS7PATCHSWITCH

SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH

SwitchParameter19

332152397.xls

BIT16~BIT31

236

Whether to enable only


the function of splitting
acknowledged (ACK)
packets for the RLC
TPE. When this switch
is turned on, the RLC
TPE has only the
function of splitting ACK
packets.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:TPE_O
NLY_SPLIT_SWITCH(
SET UDPUCFGDATA).

Although the
configuration interface
Whether preemption is
in this version supports
allowed when CPU load
delivery of the setting of
is high
this parameter, the
0: When this switch is
system does not use
turned off, preemption
V900R012C01SPH522
this parameter. This
is allowed when CPU
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
load is high.
V900R014
with
1: When this switch is
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
turned on, preemption
EEMPT_ENH_CPU_HI
is not allowed when
GHLOAD_CTRL_SWIT
CPU load is high.
CH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).

Threshold for reporting


ALM-21564 Low
QAAL2 Setup Success
Rate and threshold for
clearing this alarm. If
the setup success rate
is lower than the
reporting threshold, this
alarm is reported. If the
setup success rate is
higher than the clearing
threshold, this alarm is
cleared. By default, the
alarm reporting
threshold (specified by
bits 16 through 23) is
20% and the clearing
threshold (specified by
bits 24 though 31) is
40%.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
Qaal2EstSucRateAlmT
hd(SET TNSOFTPARA)
and
Qaal2EstSucRateAlmCl
rThd(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

332152397.xls

237

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT6
H

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT16
H

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT17
H

332152397.xls

238

Whether the PS BE
service rate is limited to
a low level after the UE
transits from
CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for
short)
0: This switch is turned
off. The PS BE service
rate is not limited.
1: This switch is turned
on. The PS BE service
rate is limited to a low
level.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_
ON_DCH_LOWRATE_
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Whether the RNC


releases all resources
for a UE when the
FACH is congested

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_FACH_CON
G_D2IDLE_SWITCH(S
ET UCORRMPARA).

Whether to enable
conversational service
with CallType Other on
R6 or R6 above
Terminals trigger
interrat MBDR(measure
based direct retry)
process
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_MB
DR_CALL_TYPE_OTH
ER_AS_AMR_SWITCH
(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

V900R012C01SPH516
V900R012C01SPH224
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014

332152397.xls

V900R015C00

239

UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

MocnControlSwitch

SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

SPARE_1_SWITCH

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT4

332152397.xls

240
and Routing parameter
carried in messages
RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST and INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER,
respectively when the
MOCN feature is
enabled. MOCN stands
for Multi-Operator Core
Network.
1: indicates that the
switch is turned on.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
directly sends an
INITIAL UE MESSAGE
message to the unique
operator under the
following conditions:
The value for the
Establishment cause IE
carried in the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message is
not Emergency Call or
Registration.
The RNC can uniquely
identify an operator
based on the Routing
parameter IE carried in
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
sent by the UE.
0: indicates that the
switch is turned off.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
MocnControlSwitch2:PL
MN_ACCEPT_BY_DL_
DT_SWITCH(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).

Whether rate decrease


of BE services is
enabled only for R99
users in the uplink and
downlink in the
algorithm for
optimization of R99 and
HSUPA users fairness
0: When this switch is
turned off, this
algorithm reduces the
data rates of BE
services for R99 users
in the uplink and for
R99 or HSUPA users in
the downlink.
1: When this switch is
turned on, this
algorithm reduces the
data rates of BE
services for only R99
users in the uplink and
downlink.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_R99UPA_FAIR
NESS_USR_SEL_SWI V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
TCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC200
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

241

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT14

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10

332152397.xls

242

Whether the RNC


allows a UE to set up
CS services during a
state transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH (F2P)
0: When this switch is
turned off, if a UE
initiates a CS service
during an F2P state
transition, the RNC
does not allow the UE
to set up the CS service
and continues
performing the F2P
state transition.
1: When this switch is
turned on, if a UE
initiates a CS service
during an F2P state
transition, the RNC
stops performing the
F2P state transition and
allows the UE to set up
the CS service.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_
WITH_CS_IU_CON_S V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
WITCH(SET
V900R014
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
Whether to enable flow
system does not use
control based on RRC
this parameter. This
request queuing
parameter is replaced
with
RrcQueueFcSwitch(SE
T
UCALLSHOCKCTRL ).
Whether the HSPDSCH codes must
contain SF(16,15)
0: When this switch is
turned off, the HSPDSCH codes must
contain SF(16,15).
1: When this switch is
turned on, there is no
restriction on the HSPDSCH codes.

V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_HSPDSCH_S
F_FORCEALLOC_SWI V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
TCH(SET
V900R014
UNBMPARA ).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

243

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT30
H

TRANSPATCHPARA

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA7

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

bit0~bit6

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT7
H

332152397.xls

244

Whether the optimized


algorithm is used for
HRNTI
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
optimized algorithm is
not used. In this case,
the Hamming distance
between two H-RNTIs
is greater than or equal
to 1.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
optimized algorithm is
used. In this case, the
Hamming distance
between two H-RNTIs
is greater than or equal
to 4.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH518
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_HRNTI_OPT_
SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

Timer_CU for the


AAL2PATH. This timer
affects the AAL2
transmission efficiency
and delay. This
command can be used
to set the timer only for
the AOUc and UOIc
boards. For the
AEUa/AOUa/UOIa_AT
M boards, the ADD
AAL2PATH command
can be used to set this
timer.
Unit: 0.05ms

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with TIMERCU(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Whether BE services
can be switched over
from E-DCHs to DCHs
due to insufficient
coverage
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. BE services can be
switched over from EDCHs to DCHs due to
insufficient coverage. If
the coverage recovers
after the UE moves to
the cell center and the
throughput is high, the
BE services can be
transferred to E-DCHs.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_BAS
E_COVER_BE_E2D_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

245

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT23

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit18

332152397.xls

246

Whether active link reestablishment is


allowed after the radio
link fails
0: This switch is turned
on. Active link reestablishment is
allowed after the RNC
receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION
message and the timer
used to wait for a
RADIO LINK
RESTORE
INDICATION message
from the NodeB
expires.
1: This switch is turned
off. Active link reestablishment is not
allowed after the RNC
receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION
message and the timer
used to wait for a
RADIO LINK
RESTORE
INDICATION message
from the NodeB
expires.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:RLF
AIL_RL_SETUP_SWIT
CH (SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether to enable the


paging detection
function on the
DPUb/DPUe board.
Value 0 indicates that
the paging detection
function is enabled.
Value 1 indicates that
the paging detection
function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:PAGING
_DETECT_SWITCH(S
ET UDPUCFGDATA).

332152397.xls

247

UNODEBALGOPARA

ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA

RsvdPara1

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

RSVDBIT4

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT19
H

332152397.xls

248
used with the
NcpCongFlowCtrSwitch
parameter in the SET
ULDCALGOPARA
command to decide
whether to activate the
cell-level dynamic
CAPS flow control
algorithm based on the
congestion status of the
NCP link. When the
flow control algorithm is
activated, flow control is
triggered if the NCP link
is congested; flow
control is stopped if the
NCP link is not
congested. When flow
control is triggered, the
number of allowed RRC
connection requests
per second in the cell
decreases based on
the value of
KPIstepdownpercentag
e. When flow control is
stopped, the number of
allowed RRC
connection requests
per second in the cell
increases based on the
value of
KPIstepuppercentage.
The number of RRC
connection requests
does not change once
the cell flow control

This parameter is
replaced with
NodeBAlgoEnhSwitch:
ENH_DYNCAPSFC_O
N_NCP(ADD
V900R014C00SPC300 V900R015C00
UNODEBALGOPARA).
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether directed retry


and channel fallback
are allowed after a
CELL_PCH-toCELL_DCH (P2D for
short) procedure fails

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_P2D_FAIL_R
ETRY_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

249

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para0

SET UCORRMPARA

TRANSRSVPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS5

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

BIT0~BIT7

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT6
H

332152397.xls

250

SF threshold for
downlink CE resources
and code resources
used when the preadmission switch for
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during RRC
connection setups is
turned on
The mapping between
the value of this
parameter and the SF
is as follows:
1: SF_8
2: SF_16
3: SF_32
4: SF_64
5: SF_128
6: SF_256
7: SF_512
0 or a value greater
than 7: SF_128

This parameter is
replaced with
DlSFThdForRrcDrdPre
V900R013C00SPC550
CAC(SET UDRD).This
V900R015C00
V900R014
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

This parameter
determines whether to
isolate the services
carried on the optical
port where the ALM21263 SDH/SONET HP
Signal Label Mismatch
alarm is reported after
this alarm is reported
on a UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

Whether to enable the


directed retry algorithm
based on the downlink
load balance
0: When this switch is
turned off, the directed
retry algorithm based
on the downlink load
balance is not enabled.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the directed
retry algorithm based
on downlink load
balance is enabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_DL_
LOAD_BALANCE_SWI
TCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

V900R012C01SPC500
V900R012C01SPH206
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

251

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

RsvdSwitch1_Bit8

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT13
H

332152397.xls

252

Whether to trigger the


AMR packet loss
function when the DSP
is over loaded. When
the DSP usage
exceeds the alarm
threshold, AMR packet
loss is triggered.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:OVERL
OAD_AMR_DISCARD_
SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

Whether the resources


of a UE are released
when the RNC fails to
receive any response
from a UE three times
due to failures in
switching over the UE
from the CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH state
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
resources of a UE are
released if the RNC
fails to receive any
response from a UE
three times due to
failures in switching
over the UE from the
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH state. Each
time this problem
occurs, the RNC
increments the counter
VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Los
s.Abnorm with the
release cause "User
Inactive."
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
resources of a UE will
not be released if the
UE fails to move from
the CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH state three
times. That is, the UE
remains in the
CELL_FACH state.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH222
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:F2D
_NO_RSP_RRCREL_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

253

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT31
H

URRCTRLSWITCH

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT1_BIT25

254

Whether the RNC


adjusts the activation
time for encryption
parameters based on
an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
does not adjust the
activation time for
encryption parameters
as long as the
difference between the
activation times
specified in an RB
SETUP COMPLETE
message and in the
corresponding RB
SETUP message is
smaller than 200
connection frame
numbers (CFNs).
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
always adjusts the
activation time for
encryption parameters
based on an RB
SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of
the preceding
difference.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH522
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:FD_
PCH_REENTERSA_F
ORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether PS services
can trigger active link
re-establishment
0: This switch is turned
on. PS services can
trigger active link reestablishment.
1: This switch is turned
off. PS services cannot
trigger active link reestablishment.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:PS_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

255

TRANSPATCHPARA

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA8

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

0xFFFFFFFF

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT15
H

332152397.xls

256

Switch for setting the


enhanced intelligent
heartbeat function. The
enhanced intelligent
heartbeat function
improves the reliability
of interface boards. Bit0
to bit27 of this
parameter correspond
to the boards in 0 to 27
slots. The default value
of a bit is set to 1, the
function is enabled for
the board in the
corresponding slot. If a
bit is set to 0, the
function is disabled for
the board in the
corresponding slot.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
BRDCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
Whether PS services
system does not use
must be carried on
V900R012C01SPH512
this parameter. This
DCHs in the downlink
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
when combined CS and
V900R014
with
PS services are running
MapSwitch:MAP_CSPS
_PS_DL_USE_DCH_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

332152397.xls

257

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT31
H

UCACALGOSWITCH

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

332152397.xls

RSVDBIT7

258

Whether the relocation


command sent from a
UMTS network to a
GSM network carries
the encryption
information element
(IE) UEA0 when a UE
complying with 3GPP
Release 6 or later is
handed over from the
GSM network to the
UMTS network. In the
scenario, the encryption
function of the GSM
network is disabled.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
relocation command
sent from the UMTS
network to the GSM
network carries the IE
UEA0.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
relocation command
sent from the UMTS
network to the GSM
network does not carry
any IE about
encryption.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch=SY
SHO_CIPHER_IE_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


processes the first and
the retransmitted RRC
connection setup
requests from a UE as
one RRC connection
setup request.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
processes the first and
the retransmitted RRC
connection setup
requests from a UE as
one RRC connection
setup request.
0: This switch is turned
off.
In V900R014, the
default value is ON for
this parameter.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH512
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC300 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
ReliabilitySwitch:RELIA
BILITY_RRC_RETRAN
S_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

332152397.xls

259

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT14
H

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT13
H

332152397.xls

260
Whether the RNC
makes admission
decisions on RAB
establishment when the
resources required by
the RAB establishment
of low-speed PS UEs
do not exceed the
resources used by RRC
connection setup
0: The RNC does not
make admission
decisions but directly
sets up the RAB.
1: The RNC makes
admission decisions on
RAB establishment. For
the decision threshold
parameters, see the
parameter description
of the ADD UCELLCAC
command.
Note: If the spreading
factor (SF) used for the
RAB establishment of a
PS UE is greater than
or equal to the SFs
reserved for handovers,
such a PS UE is
referred to as a lowspeed PS UE. The SFs
reserved for handovers
are specified by
UlHoCeResvSf and
UlHoCeResvSf in the
ADD UCELLACAC
command.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH532
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_SMALL_RATE
_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

Whether the RNC


considers CE resource
congestion status when
admitting HSUPA UEs
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
consider CE resource
congestion status when
admitting HSUPA UEs.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC considers
CE resource
congestion status when
admitting HSUPA UEs.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH532
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_BASE_ADM_
CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

261

ETHSWITCH

RESSW2

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT3

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT29

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit16

332152397.xls

262

Whether to enable the


enhanced intelligent
heartbeat detection
function. When the
active SCU board
detects that an
intermittent
disconnection occurs
between itself and
another board in the
current subrack, the
active SCU board is
automatically reset the
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT3(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

RNC-level switch for


the D2F procedure of
UEs supporting fast
dormancy
0: This switch is turned
on. UEs supporting fast
dormancy trigger the
D2F procedure.
1: This switch is turned
off. UEs supporting fast
dormancy trigger the
D2P procedure.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH204
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:RN
C_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether to enable the


self-healing function for
INDEX table resources
on the DPUb or DPUe
board.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
SelfCureSwitch:INDEX
_SELFCUR_SWITCH(
SET UDPUCFGDATA).

V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

263

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU32Para0
H

RsvdSwitch1_Bit1

SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC BIT0~BIT31
H

332152397.xls

264

Whether to report the


event 4B measurement
report. This parameter
is used to set the
conditions for triggering
event 4B reporting
during the H2F state
transition.
0: The event 4B
measurement report is
reported when both the
maximum traffic volume
in the previous 10 ms
and the current traffic
volume are smaller
than the event 4Btriggering threshold.
1: The event 4B
measurement report is
reported when the
current traffic volume is
smaller than the event
4B-triggering threshold.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:H2F_4B
_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Ec/No threshold for
delivery of the setting of
switching an uplink BE this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
service from the E-DCH system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
to the DCH in weak
this parameter. This
V900R014
coverage areas
parameter is replaced
with
EcN0ThdForBaseCover
E2D(SET UFRC).

332152397.xls

265

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT11

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU8Para1
H

SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC BIT0~BIT7
H

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para0

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT8~BIT15

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT4

332152397.xls

266

Whether an RNC
buffers a TMSI
REALLOCATION
COMMAND message
upon receiving it during
an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC buffers
the TMSI
REALLOCATION
COMMAND message
received during the
RAB setup and then
forwards this message
to a UE till the RAB
setup is complete.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
buffer the TMSI
REALLOCATION
COMMAND message
received during the
RAB setup but directly
forwards it to a UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC520
with
OptimizationSwitch:RA
B_SETUP_TMSI_REA
LLOC_BUF_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
Event 6B relative
delivery of the setting of
threshold at which
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
uplink BE services are
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
switched from DCHs to
this parameter. This
V900R014
E-DCHs based on
parameter is replaced
coverage conditions
with
BaseCoverD2E6BThd(
SET UDCCC).
Absolute threshold for
uplink CE resources
used when the preadmission switch for
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during RRC
connection setups is
turned on

This parameter is
replaced with
UlCEThdForRrcDrdPre
V900R013C00SPC550
CAC(SET UDRD).This
V900R015C00
V900R014
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether CS services
can preempt the
resources for PS
services during a CS
RRC connection setup.
1: When this switch is
turned on, CS services
can preempt the
resources for PS
services during a CS
RRC connection setup.
0: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
EEMPT_ENH_CSRRC
_PREEMPT_PS_SWIT
CH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).

V900R012C01SPH220
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

267

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit3

332152397.xls

268

Whether to enable
CAPS flow control
based on CPU usage
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC performs
cell-level CAPS flow
control based on only
the number of RRC
connection setup
requests in a
measurement period.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC performs
cell-level CAPS flow
control based on both
the number of RRC
connection setup
requests in a
measurement period
and the SPU CPU
usage.

This parameter is
replaced with
CapsFcBaseOnCPUSw
itch(SET
V900R013C00SPH529
V900R015C00
UCALLSHOCKCTRL).T V900R014
his reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether a UMTS/LTE
UE performs fast cell
reselection.
0: This switch is turned
off. The UE does not
perform fast cell
reselection.
1: This switch is turned
on. If the best cell is
configured with a
neighboring LTE cell
and its priority is lower
than the priority of the
neighboring LTE cell,
the UE performs fast
cell reselection.

This parameter is
replaced with
ProcessSwitch4=FAST
_RETURN_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_SWITC
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Whether to increase
the value of POLL
TIMER. When the DSP
load is heavy, the RNC
automatically prolongs
the POLL TIMER to
reduce the times RLC
status reports are sent.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:DELAY_
POLL_TIMER_SWITC
H(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

332152397.xls

269

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT32
H

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT9
H

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT3

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA10

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

bit1

332152397.xls

270

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
Whether the PTT H2F this parameter, the
state transfer is enable system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552
or not:
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
0: Disnable the function parameter is replaced
1: Enable the function with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_PTT_H2F_O
PT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Uplink 0 kbit/s transport


format of an AMR
service
0: The uplink 0 kbit/s
transport format of AMR
service subflow A is
1*0.
1: The uplink 0 kbit/s
transport format of AMR
service subflow A is
0*TbSize.
Note: Certain UEs
obtain the transmission
block size (TbSize)
based on the 0 kbit/s
transport format
(TbNum * TbSize).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_AM
R_A_SUBFLOW_ZER
O_BLOCK_SWITCH(S
ET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

Whether system
information SIB7 and
MIB are sent in one
frame.
When this switch is
turned on, system
information SIB7 and
MIB are sent in the
same frame.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_SIB7MIB_CO
MBINE_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

V900R012C01SPH203
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014

Switch for full backup of


Versatile IP & Security
Platform (VISP). Full
backup of VISP is
triggered after the
standby board fails to
start the VISP. The
default value of the
parameter is set to 0,
so this protocol is
enabled. If this
parameter is set to 1,
this function is disabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
IPPROTOCOLCHECK
SW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

271

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT14
H

UCORRMPARA

SET UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT7

272

Whether a PS BE
service is limited to 0
kbit/s on the DCH after
a UE that has the PS
BE service performs a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCHto-CELL-DCH (P2D)
state transition
triggered by a CS
service
0: When this switch is
turned off, the PS BE
service is limited to 8
kbit/s on the DCH after
the UE performs a P2D
state transition.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the PS BE
service is limited to 0
kbit/s on the DCH after
the UE performs a P2D
state transition.
This switch is valid only
when
CORRM_RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT6 is set
to 1. It is recommended
that
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 is set to 1
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT28 is set to 1.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH518
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_CS_TRIG_P
S_P2D_ZERO_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Whether an RNC
restarts an initialization
procedure for a CS
service upon receiving
an RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
with only the
allocation/retention
priority (ARP) changed.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC does not
restart the initialization
procedure and the CS
service is not
interrupted.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC restarts
the initialization
procedure and the CS
service is unexpectedly
released.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
parameter is replaced
with
OptimizationSwitch:CS
_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

273

URRCTRLSWITCH

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

RSVDBIT1_BIT24

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT11
H

332152397.xls

274

Whether CS services
can trigger active link
re-establishment
0: This switch is turned
on. CS services can
trigger active link reestablishment.
1: This switch is turned
off. CS services cannot
trigger active link reestablishment.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:CS
_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
Whether the uplink PS system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
service must be carried this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
on DCHs when CS and parameter is replaced
V900R014
PS services co-exist
with
MapSwitch:MAP_CSPS
_PS_UL_USE_DCH_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

332152397.xls

275

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit9

332152397.xls

276

Whether the RNC


regularly sends
messages containing
the updated information
element (IE) Sir Target
to the NodeB after a
successful service
setup or
reconfiguration.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
sends only one
message containing the
IE Sir Target to the
NodeB.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
sends four messages
containing the updated
IE Sir Target to the
NodeB at a rate of one
per second. This switch
is valid only when the
switches
PERFENH_RL_RECFG
_SIR_CONSIDER_SWI
TCH and
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_T
ARGET_CARRY_SWIT
CH are both turned on.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_OLPC_SIRT
AR_RESEND_SWITCH V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
(SET
V900R014
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


layer 2 (L2) instance
resource check
function. L2 instance
resources include RLC,
MAC-d, MAC-c, Fp,
Mdc, and Iu User Plane
(IuUP). When the L2
instance resource
check fails, the RRC
automatically releases
the L2 instance
resources.
0: This switch is turned
on.
1: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:L2_RES
OURCE_CHECK_SWI
TCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

332152397.xls

277

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT8
H

TRANSRSVPARA

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS3

RSVDSW1

332152397.xls

278

Whether the UE can


transit from CELL_DCH
to CELL_FACH (D2F
for short) over the Iur
interface
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on. The D2F procedure
is triggered regardless
of the existence of the
CCCH over the Iur
interface.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_D2F_
OVER_IUR_SWITCH(S
ET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

This parameter
determines whether to
isolate the services
carried on the optical
port where the ALM21267 SDH/SONET AU
Alarm Indication Signal
alarm is reported after
this alarm is reported
on a UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

V900R012C01SPC500
V900R012C01SPH204
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

279

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT19
H

ETHSWITCH

RESSW4

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT2

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit14

332152397.xls

280

Indicates whether the


HSDPA power
increment is considered
in HSDPA downlink
power admission.
0: indicates that the
HSDPA power
increment is considered
in HSDPA downlink
power admission when
HSDPA GBP
measurement is
enabled by entering
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(A
DD
UCELLALGOSWITCH)
and the HSDPA power
increment is not
considered in HSDPA
downlink power
admission when
HSDPA GBP
measurement is
disabled.
1: indicates that the
HSDPA power
increment must be
considered in HSDPA
downlink power
admission.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH532
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_HSDPA_DLP
WR_ADM_OPT_SWIT
CH(SET UNBMPARA).

Whether to enable the


SCU board to check
multicast entries. The
SCU board is
automatically reset
when it detects
multicast entry errors.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC500
system does not use
V900R013C01
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT8(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

Whether to enable the


self-healing function for
user memory resources
on the DPUb or DPUe
board.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
SelfCureSwitch:L2_UE
_RESOURCE_SELFC
UR_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

332152397.xls

281

ETHSWITCH

RESSW4

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT5

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT30

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT3
H

332152397.xls

282

Whether to enable the


active SCU heartbeat
loss self-healing
function. When the
communication
between the active
SCU board and all
boards in the current
subrack is abnormal,
the active SCU board is
automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC510
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC200 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT9(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

Whether the RB
release due to SCRI
during RB
reconfiguration is
calculated as a call
drop
0: This switch is turned
on. The RB release due
to SCRI during
reconfiguration is not
calculated as a call
drop.
1: This switch is turned
off. The RB release due
to SCRI during
reconfiguration is
calculated as a call
drop.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:RN
C_RB_SCRI_NOT_DR
OP_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether signaling radio


bearers (SRBs) can be
switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry
0: When this switch is
turned off, SRBs can be
switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
1: When this switch is
turned on, SRBs cannot
be switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC200
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
V900R014
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_DR
D_SRBOVERH_SWIT
CH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

332152397.xls

283

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA2

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

NA

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT26

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT2

332152397.xls

284

Switch for the MSP


check function of all the
optical ports in one
subrack. MSP
processing depends on
the message
transmission between
the SCU and the
interface board and the
status consistency
between the two
boards. To ensure
reliable MSP
processing, the MSP
check function is
enabled for optical
ports by the default
value (OFF).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC500
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

Switch for the UE SRB


reset procedure
0: This switch is turned
on. The RNC triggers
active link reestablishment and
retains the RRC
connection after
receiving a CELL
UPDATE message
indicating the SRB
reset from the UE.
1: This switch is turned
off. The RNC releases
the RRC connection
after receiving a CELL
UPDATE message
indicating the SRB
reset from the UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:UE
_SRB_RESET_SWITC
H (SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether system
information messages
are scheduled every 64
frames.
1: When this switch is
turned on, system
information messages
are scheduled every 64
frames.
0: This switch is turned
off.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_SYSINFO_64F
RAME_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).

V900R012C01SPH203
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014

332152397.xls

285

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT20
H

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit13

UCNNODE

RsvdPara1

ADD UCNNODE
MOD UCNNODE

RSVDBIT1_BIT1

332152397.xls

286

Whether a CELL_DCHto-CELL_FACH (D2F


for short) state
transition is triggered
when a PTT service
meets the D2F trigger
conditions during a
cross-Iur soft handover
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_PTT_IUR_D
2F_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Whether to process
delayed messages.
When configuration
messages do not arrive
on time due to interboard communication
exceptions, the RLC,
MAC-d, and FP can
process the messages
received within 1280
ms.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:DELAY_
MSG_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).

Whether the RNC


forwards an INITIAL UE
MESSAGE to a CN in
scenarios with Iu Flex
enabled when the CN
state on the RNC side
is NORMAL
1: This switch is turned
on. The CN state on the
RNC side changes from
NORMAL to BLOCK,
and the RNC forwards
only INITIAL UE
MESSAGE with the
cause value of paging
response.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
change the CN state on
the RNC side.

This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch:RB
_SETUP_CIPHER_TIM V900R012C01SPC200
E_ADJ_SWITCH(SET V900R013
V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th V900R014
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

287

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para0

SET UCORRMPARA

BIT16~BIT23

UCELLALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT6

ETHSWITCH

RESSW3

SET ETHSWITCH

BIT7

332152397.xls

288

Threshold for cell


power offset used when
the pre-admission
switch for intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections
during RRC connection
setups is turned on.
This threshold is based
on the number of
equivalent users in the
uplink and the carrier
power in the downlink.
Unit: %
If the value of this
parameter exceeds
100, the RNC uses the
default value, 2.

This parameter is
replaced with
PWRThdForRrcDrdPre
V900R013C00SPC550
CAC(SET UDRD).This
V900R015C00
V900R014
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether to enable the


optimized F-DPCH
code allocation
algorithm and to involve
F-DPCH codes in code
adjustments
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

This parameter is
replaced with
DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch:FD
PCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT V900R012C01SPH512
_SWITCH(ADD
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
UCELLALGOSWITCH). V900R014
This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Whether to enable the


function of monitoring
system tasks. When a
task runs improperly on
a board, the board is
automatically reset.
0: This switch is turned
off.
1: This switch is turned
on.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT7(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

V900R011C00SPH732
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

289

URRCTRLSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

RSVDBIT1_BIT31

UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1

SET UDPUCFGDATA

RsvdSwitch1_Bit2

RsvdPara1

ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT13

UCELLALGOSWITCH

332152397.xls

290

RAN flow control switch


0: This switch is turned
on. The RNC contains
the flow control priority
information in NBAP
RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST messages.
The NodeB performs
flow control according
to the flow control
priority information.
1: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not
contain the flow control
priority information in
NBAP RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST
messages.
In V900R014, the
default value is 0 for
this parameter.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH516
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
this parameter. This
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
WRANFLOWCTRLNO
DEBSW(SET
UCTRLPLNFCPARA).

Whether to enable the


RNC to handle RLC
SUFI WINDOW. For
details about SUFI
WINDOW, see the
3GPP TS 25.322.
0: This switch is turned
off, and the RNC does
not handle RLC SUFI
WINDOW.
1: This switch is turned
on, and the RNC
handles RLC SUFI
WINDOW.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014
parameter is replaced
with
ProcessSwitch:RLC_S
UFI_
WINDOW_SWITCH(S
ET UDPUCFGDATA).

Whether overload
congestion control
(OLC) can be
performed for gold
users.
0: When this switch is
turned off, OLC is not
performed for gold
users.
1: When this switch is
turned on, OLC can be
performed for gold
users.

This parameter is
replaced with
GoldUserExecOlcSwitc
V900R012C01SPH522
h(ADD
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R015C00
UCELLOLC).This
V900R014
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

291

UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H

SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT22
H

TRANSPATCHPARA

RSVDPARA10

SET
TRANSPATCHPARA

TRANSRSVPARA

RSVDSW1

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS4

332152397.xls

bit0

292

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
Whether the RNC
this parameter, the
performs a low-activity system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
rate algorithm on a UE this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
that uses DCHs only in parameter is replaced V900R014
the uplink or downlink. with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_LOW_VELO
_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Switch for the function


of checking the
dynamic table. The
function of checking the
dynamic table ensures
the consistency of
MBSC internal data.
The default value of the
parameter is set to 0,
so this protocol is
enabled. If the
parameter is set to 1,
the function is enabled.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
need to be configured
manually.

This parameter
determines whether to
isolate the services
carried on the optical
port where the ALM21264 SDH/SONET HP
Unequipped alarm is
reported after this alarm
is reported on a
UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

293

UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

MocnControlSwitch

SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE

SPARE_6_SWITCH

UCACALGOSWITCH

RsvdPara1

SET
UCACALGOSWITCH

RSVDBIT5

332152397.xls

294

Whether the RNC


selects an operator
based on the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
sent by the UE when
the MOCN feature is
enabled.
1: indicates that the
switch is turned on.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
parses the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message.
If the type of NAS-PDU
is LOCATION
UPDATING REQUEST,
ROUTING AREA
UPDATE REQUEST, or
ATTACH REQUEST,
the RNC selects
operators one by one
from the shared
operator group until the
UE is accepted by an
operator.
0: indicates that the
switch is turned off.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not parse the
NAS-PDU IE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH522
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
PROCESSSWITCH:IU
FLEX_NOT_SEL_BLO
CK_SWITCH(ADD
/MOD UCNNODE).

Although the
configuration interface
Whether CS services
in this version supports
can preempt the
delivery of the setting of
resources for PS BE
this parameter, the
services.
system does not use
1: When this switch is
this parameter. This
turned on, CS services
parameter is replaced
can preempt the
with
resources for PS BE
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
services.
EEMPT_ENH_CSRAB
0: This switch is turned
_PREEMPT_PS_SWIT
off.
CH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).

V900R012C01SPH220
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014

332152397.xls

295

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT3

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT9

332152397.xls

296

Whether to allow the


RNC to limit the
maximum data rate for
HSDPA PS services
after a CS service
setup triggers an F2D
state transition.
0: This switch is turned
off, the maximum data
rate for HSDPA PS
services is limited after
a CS service setup
triggers an F2D state
transition.
1: This switch is turned
on, the maximum data
rate for HSDPA PS
services is unlimited
after a CS service
setup triggers an F2D
state transition.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_CS_PS_F2H
_RATE_LIMIT_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).

Whether services
without data
transmission take part
in OLPC on combined
services.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC uses the
OLPC algorithm to
calculate the target
signal-to-interference
ratio (SIR) value
ignoring the power
requirements for
services without data
transmission in
combined services.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC uses the
OLPC algorithm to
calculate the target SIR
value for combined
services based on their
power.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
PcSwitch1:PC_OLPC_
EXCLD_EMPTYRB_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

332152397.xls

297

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para3

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

bit6~bit11

298
TTI selection algorithm
for PS BE services and
the algorithm for
reconfiguring an
HSUPA service as an
R99 service under
weak coverage when
the following conditions
apply:
1. A service is being set
up or a UE transits from
CELL_FACH or
CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
2. The RNC does not
receive the P-CPICH
Ec/No reported by a UE
or the P-CPICH Ec/No
reported by the UE
does not stay within the
period specified by the
EcN0EffectTime
parameter.

This parameter is
replaced with
FakeEcNo(SET
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00SPC500
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014C00SPC535
parameter is deleted in
current version.

Valid value range: 1 to


49
If the desired value is
not within this range,
both the coveragebased initial TTI
selection algorithm for
PS BE services and the
algorithm for
reconfiguring an
HSUPA service as an
R99 service under
weak coverage do not

332152397.xls

299

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16

300
Multi-rate Control
(AMRC) rate
adjustment
2. RB setup,
reconfiguration, and
release of the PS
service in the CS and
PS combined service
1: This switch is turned
on. When the uplink
rate is adjusted with
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries all
available rate modes
under the maximum
rate mode. The RB
setup, reconfiguration,
and release messages
for the PS service in the
CS and PS combined
service do not carry the
TFI information about
the CS service.
0: This switch is turned
off. When the uplink
rate is adjusted with
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries only
the zero rate mode, SID
rate mode, and
maximum rate mode.
The RB setup,
reconfiguration, and
release messages for

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_AMRC_TFI_
CMP_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC586 V900R015C00SPC500
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

301

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT32

302

Whether the RNC


responds to rate
adjustment requests
from the core network
when AMRC is
disabled. The AMRC
algorithm is specified
by
CS_AMRC_SWITCH of
the CsSwitch
parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command..
1: This switch is turned
on. When AMRC is
disabled, the RNC
responds to the core
network with rate
adjustment failure
messages after
receiving rate
adjustment requests
from the core network.
0: This switch is turned
off. When AMRC is
disabled, the RNC does
not respond to rate
adjustment requests
from the core network.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
this parameter. This
V900R015C00SPC500
V900R014C00SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_AMRC_NAC
K_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

303

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT31

304

Whether the RNC


updates the real-time
P-CPICH Ec/N0.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
saves and updates the
real-time P-CPICH
Ec/No immediately after
receiving traffic
measurement event
report 4A or 4B for PCPICH Ec/No carried in
the information element
"Measured results on
RACH". In addition, the
updated P-CPICH
Ec/No is used for the
latest decision on the
coverage-based initial
TTI selection algorithm
for PS BE services and
the algorithm for
reconfiguring an
HSUPA service as an
R99 service under
weak coverage.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not update the
real-time P-CPICH
Ec/N0 in the preceding
procedure.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC586
parameter is replaced
V900R015C00SPC500
V900R014C00SPC535
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_PCPI
CH_ECN0_ON_RACH_
UPDATE_SWITCH(SE
T
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

332152397.xls

305

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT30

306
Ec/N0 value contained
in the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message,
CELL UPDATE
message, or traffic
measurement event
report 4A or 4B. Under
weak coverage, 10 ms
initial TTI is selected for
PS BE services.
0: When this switch is
Although the
turned off, the initial TTI
configuration interface
selection algorithm
in this version supports
does not take effect.
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
Parameter relationship:
system does not use
RESERVED_SWITCH_
this parameter. This
1_BIT30 takes effect
V900R013C00SPC586 V900R015C00SPC500
parameter is replaced
only when
with
DRA_BASE_COVER_
DraSwitch:DRA_BASE
BE_TTI_RECFG_SWIT
_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT
CH is turned on. For
_SEL_SWITCH(SET
uplink Layer 2+ users,
UCORRMALGOSWITC
RESERVED_SWITCH_
H).
1_BIT30 takes effect
only when both
DRA_BASE_COVER_
BE_TTI_RECFG_SWIT
CH and
DRA_BASE_COVER_
BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWI
TCH are turned on.
If both
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT30 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_

332152397.xls

307

UCORRMPARA

ReservedU32Para3

SET UCORRMPARA

332152397.xls

bit0~bit5

308

Ec/N0 threshold for


reconfiguring a PS BE
service from HSUPA 2
ms TTI to HSUPA 10
ms TTI. For a UE
whose requirements of
HSUPA 2 ms TTI
services are met, 10 ms
TTI is selected for the
PS BE service when
the Ec/N0 value
reported recently by a
UE to the RNC is
smaller than or equal to
the threshold.

This parameter is
replaced with
Value range: 1 to 49. If
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10m
the desired value is not
s(SET UFRC).This
V900R013C00SPC586 V900R015C00SPC500
within this range, set
reserved parameter is
this parameter to 37.
deleted in current
Unit: 0.5 dB
version.
Actual value range: -24
to 0; Actual value =
(Valid value 49
(offset)) x 0.5
Recommended value:
37
Parameter relationship:
Value of bit 0 to bit 5 of
the ReservedU32Para3
parameter is greater
than that of
ReservedU32Para0 in
the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.

332152397.xls

309

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para9

SET UALGORSVPARA NA

332152397.xls

310

Duration from the time


after the DRD
procedure completes to
the time before the
RNC starts SRB
channel fast
reassignment from the
DCH channel to the
HSPA channel.
Value range: 1 to 100,
in units of 50 msWhen
the parameter value is
beyond the range,
value 20 is used.
Parameter
relationship:This
parameter is valid only
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3 of the
ReservedSwitch0
parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command is turned
on and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT23 of the
ReservedSwitch0
parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command is turned
on.

This parameter is
replaced with
SrbFastHRetryTimerLe
n(SET
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
UCOIFTIMER).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

311

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT23

312
Multi-rate Control
(AMRC) rate
adjustment
2. RB setup,
reconfiguration, and
release of the PS
service in the CS and
PS combined service
1: This switch is turned
on. When the uplink
rate is adjusted with
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries all
available rate modes
under the maximum
rate mode. The RB
setup, reconfiguration,
and release messages
for the PS service in the
CS and PS combined
service do not carry the
TFI information about
the CS service.
0: This switch is turned
off. When the uplink
rate is adjusted with
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries only
the zero rate mode, SID
rate mode, and
maximum rate mode.
The RB setup,
reconfiguration, and
release messages for

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_AMRC_TFI_
CMP_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

313

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT15

314

Whether the
measurement-based
DRD optimization
algorithm takes effect.
1: This switch is turned
on. During a nonperiodic retry procedure
such as RAB setup,
RAB modification,
DCCC channel
reconfiguration, or P2D,
the RNC enables the
UE to perform DRD
retry based on blind
handovers after the
current cell resource
admission fails in the
following conditions:
The measurementbased DRD switch,
indicated by
BasedOnMeasHRetryD
RDSwitch in the SET
UDRD command, is
turned on.
The aperiodic DRD
retry switch, indicated
by
BlindDrdExceptHRetryS
witch in the SET
UMCDRD command is
turned off.
0: This switch is turned
off. The algorithm does
not take effect.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_MCDRD_OP
T_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

315

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch7

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT5

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch7

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT4

332152397.xls

316
operating status of a
NodeB by considering
the operating status of
all cells under the
NodeB.
1: The switch is turned
on. If all cells under a
NodeB are unavailable,
the NodeB operating
status is unavailable
and the RNC reports an
alarm related to the
unavailable NodeB with
the cause value "All
cells of the NodeB
unavailable". In
addition, the RNC takes
statistics on the
VS.NodeB.UnavailTime
counter value. The
NodeB operating status
can be queried with the
DSP UNODEB
command.
0: The switch is turned
off. If all cells under a
NodeB are unavailable,
the NodeB operating
status is still available.
In this situation, no
related alarm is
reported and the RNC
does not take statistics
on the
VS.NodeB.UnavailTime
counter value. The
NodeB operating status
Accuracy of calculating
background noise by
the RNC.
1: This switch is turned
on, and the RNC
calculates background
noise at a high
accuracy.
0: This switch is turned
off, and the RNC
calculates background
noise at a low accuracy.
This parameter takes
effect only when
BGNSwitch is set to
ON.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
parameter is replaced
with
ReliabilitySwitch:NODE
B_UNAVAILABLE_ALM
_NOT_RPT_SWITCH(
SET UNBMPARA).

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_BGNOISE_UP
T_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
(SET UNBMPARA).

332152397.xls

317

UNBMPARA

ReservedSwitch0

SET UNBMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17

UIMEITAC

RsvSwitch

ADD UIMEITAC

RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT2

332152397.xls

318
as "all states". After a
UE transits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH, the RNC
actively delivers an MR
AGPS measurement
release message
(RRC_MEAS_CTRL)
message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned
off. In the MR AGPS
measurement control
message, the RNC
defines the information
element (IE)
"Measurement validity"
as "CELL_DCH". After
a UE transits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH, the RNC
does not release MR
AGPS measurements.
However, as specified
in 3GPP TS 25.331, if
the IE "Measurement
validity" is defined as
"CELL_DCH", some
UEs buffer MR AGPS
measurements when
they transit from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the
measurements after
they switch back to
Whether to refuse to
adjust the data rate of
special CS UEs.
1: This switch is turned
on, the RNC does not
adjust the data rate of
special CS UEs.
0: This switch is turned
off, the RNC adjusts the
data rate of special CS
UEs when required.

This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_MR_AGPS_
V900R013C00SPC586
CMP_SWITCH(SET
V900R015C00SPC500
V900R014C00SPC535
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

This parameter is
replaced with
SpecUserFunctionSwitc
h2:SPECUSER_AMR_
RATE_CHG_SWITCH( V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
ADD UIMEITAC).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

319

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT15

320
Radio Resources
Available in Target cell
(53)" when incoming
relocations fail due to
congestion of code
resources or CE
resources for a UMTS
cell:Requested
Maximum Bit Rate not
Available(20),
Requested Maximum
Bit Rate for DL not
Available(33),
Requested Maximum
Bit Rate for UL not
Available(34),
Requested Guaranteed
Bit Rate not
Available(21),
Requested Guaranteed
Bit Rate for DL not
Available(35), and
Requested Guaranteed
Bit Rate for UL not
Available(36)
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
sends the
RELOCATION
FAILURE message
after converting the
preceding six cause
values into the cause
value "No Radio
Resources Available in
Target cell (53)".
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ImprovementSwitch:
CONVERT_RELOC_FA
IL_CAUSE_SWITCH(S
ET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

321

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT5

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13

332152397.xls

322

Whether the RNC


handles the received
SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message
when it waits for a
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from a UE in an RB
reconfiguration
procedure for the UE
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
immediately handles
the SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not handle the
SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message
and waits for a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from the UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ImprovementSwitch:
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEX
T_REQ_FIRST_SWITC
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the DRNC


delays releasing code
resources when Iur
links exist.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the DRNC
delays releasing code
resources by the
duration: Duration =
Min{100 ms, Iub-based
FP unidirectional delay
+ 35 ms}.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the DRNC
releases code
resources immediately.

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_
REL_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

323

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT10

324

Whether the RNC


selects a CN node
based on the actual
value of the information
element "Routing
parameter" carried in
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
in the procedure of
each CS service setup
when the IuFlex
network provides
CS+PS combined
services.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
selects a CN node
based on the actual
value of the information
element "Routing
parameter" carried in
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
in the procedure of
each CS service setup.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
selects a CN node
based on the actual
value of the information
element "Routing
parameter" carried in
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
in the procedure of the
first CS service setup.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ImprovementSwitch:
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTI
NG_PARA_SWITCH(S
ET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

325

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT24

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch0

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT31

332152397.xls

326
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
from the CN at the
relocation preparation
phase, the RNC directly
responds with an RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message.
Scenario 2: After the
measure-based
directed retry (MBDR)
function is enabled and
the RNC receives a
duplicate RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
from the CN in the
same domain before
receiving the interfrequency or inter-RAT
measurement reports
from a UE, the RNC
directly responds to the
CN with an RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message.
Scenario 3: When key
information elements
(IEs) are incorrect or
not included in the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
sent to the RNC by the
CN, the RNC directly
responds to the CN
with an RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message.
Whether the counters
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att,
VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe
.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe
.DF2P. Succ are
collected at the
granularity of PS RAB.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
preceding counters are
collected at the
granularity of PS RAB.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
preceding counters are
collected at the
granularity of user.

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
COUNT_SPECIAL_RA
B_ATT_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
COUNT_STATE_CHG_
BY_RAB_SWITCH(SE
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
T
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

327

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT9

328
starts timer T1 after
receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message
from the UE.
If the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT
message before timer
T1 expires, the RNC
stops timer T1, starts
timer T2, and then
forwards the ACTIVATE
PDP CONTEXT
ACCEPT message to
the UE. When timer T2
expires, the RNC
delivers a
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message to
the UE. When timer T1
expires, the RNC
delivers a
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message to
the UE.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
directly delivers a
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message to
the UE after receiving a
RADIO BEARER
SETUP COMPLETE
message.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ImprovementSwitch:
DELAY_SEND_MEACT
RL_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

RsvU32Para5 in the
SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

329

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU32Para5

SET UALGORSVPARA N/A

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU32Para7

SET UALGORSVPARA N/A

332152397.xls

330

Specifies the length of


the timer started after
the RNC receives a
RADIO BEARER
SETUP COMPLETE
message from the UE.
The GUI value of this
parameter ranges from
0 to 65535, in units of
milliseconds.
The valid value of this
parameter ranges from
100 to 1000. If the
value of this parameter
(including the default
value) exceeds the
valid value range, set
this parameter to 200.
Parameter relationship:
This parameter takes
effect only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT9 of the
RsvSwitch3 parameter
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is turned on.

This parameter is
replaced with
DelaySndMeaCtrlT1(SE
T
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

Specifies the length of


the timer started after
the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT
message from the UE.
The GUI value of this
parameter ranges from
0 to 65535, in units of
milliseconds.
The valid value of this
parameter ranges from
120 to 1000. If the
value of this parameter
(including the default
value) exceeds the
valid value range, set
this parameter to 240.
Parameter relationship:
This parameter takes
effect only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT9 of the
RsvSwitch3 parameter
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is turned on.

This parameter is
replaced with
DelaySndMeaCtrlT2(SE
T
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

331

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT14

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT19

332152397.xls

332

Whether the RNC


carries activation time
in the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message in
DRD scenarios.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
does not carry
activation time in the
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
carries activation time
in the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ImprovementSwitch:
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_
DRD_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


triggers radio link
reestablishment after
the timer for the RNC to
wait for a PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from the UE expires or
the RNC receives a cell
update message with
the cause value of
"radio link failure" or
"RLC Unrecoverable
error" in the physical
channel reconfiguration
procedure.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
triggers radio link
reestablishment.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not trigger radio
link reestablishment.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC586
parameter is replaced
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC535
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_
RL_REEST_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

333

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT20

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT26

332152397.xls

334

Whether the RNC


triggers radio link
reestablishment after
the timer for the RNC to
wait for a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from the UE expires or
the RNC receives a cell
update message with
the cause value of
"radio link failure" or
"RLC Unrecoverable
error" in the RB
reconfiguration
procedure.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
triggers radio link
reestablishment.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not trigger radio
link reestablishment.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC535
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_R
EEST_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


immediately handles
the TRB reset message
when it detects a TRB
reset in an RRC
signaling procedure.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
handles the TRB reset
message after the RRC
signaling procedure is
complete.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
immediately handles
the TRB reset message
and abnormally
releases services.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC535
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
DL_TRB_RESET_BUF
F_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

335

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT22

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT25

332152397.xls

336

Whether the RNC


triggers state transition
from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH when it
detects TRB reset in
the case of no RRC
signaling procedure
being initiated.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
triggers state transition
from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
abnormally releases
services.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC586
parameter is replaced
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC535
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_
TRB_RESET_TO_F2D
_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the
performance counters
related to CS services
are measured after the
RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND
message from the CS
domain in the scenario
of inter-RAT handovers
for CS and PS
combined services. The
performance counters
related to CS services
include
VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCe
ll, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75,
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75,
and other counters.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
preceding performance
counters are measured
when the RNC receives
an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message
from the CS domain.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
preceding performance
counters are measured
when the RNC receives
an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message
from both the CS and
PS domains.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC535
with
ImprovementSwitch:
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_
REL_CMD_SWITCH(S
ET
URRCTRLSWITCH)..

332152397.xls

337

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT28

UL2RSVPARA

RSVSWITCH0

SET UL2RSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3

332152397.xls

338

Whether the RNC


delivers a UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message in the
incoming relocation
scenario of UEs in the
non-CELL_DCH state.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
does not deliver a UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
delivers a UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC535
with
ImprovementSwitch:
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_
RELOC_CCH_SWITC
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

Whether the RNC


detects the mode
indication carried in the
narrowband SID frame
during a garble noise
detection.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
does not detect the
mode indication carried
in the narrowband SID
frame during a garble
noise detection.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
detects the mode
indication carried in the
narrowband SID frame
during a garble noise
detection. If the mode
indication carried in the
narrowband SID frame
from a UE does not
match the
corresponding voice
service, the RNC
detects garble noise.

This parameter is
replaced with
OMSwitch:
SID_NOISE_DECTECT
_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
UDPUCFGDATA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

339

UL2RSVPARA

RSVU8PARA0

SET UL2RSVPARA

N/A

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT18

332152397.xls

340

Decision threshold for


garble noise. When
RNC detects that the
number of abnormal
frames among
consecutive 50 uplink
frames exceeds the
threshold, garble noise
is considered to be
generated.
The GUI value of this
parameter ranges from
0 to 255.
The valid value of this
parameter ranges from
10 to 20. If the value of
this parameter
(including the default
value 0) exceeds the
valid value range, set
this parameter to 12.
Parameter relationship:
This parameter takes
effect only when this
switch is turned on.
Run the SET
UL2RSVPARA
command with
RSVSWITCH0 set to
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3-1 to turn on this
switch.

This parameter is
replaced with
AMRNoiseDetectThd(S
ET
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
UDPUCFGDATA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether the RNC


triggers radio link
reestablishment for a
UE in the CELL_DCH
state when it detects a
TRB reset in the case
of no RRC signaling
procedure being
initiated.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
triggers radio link
reestablishment.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
abnormally releases
services.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
this parameter. This
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC535
parameter is replaced
with ProcessSwitch4:
RNCAP_TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

332152397.xls

341

TNRSVDPARA

RSVDPARA2

SET TNRSVDPARA

332152397.xls

Bit0~Bit31

342
MPU subsystem load
imbalance time
threshold. When the
CPU usage of an MPU
subsystem meets the
load balancing
adjustment conditions
for a period of time
greater than the value
of this parameter, the
system selects an MPU
subsystem with low
CPU usage for
resource allocation.
This is to achieve load
balance among CPU
usage of MPU
subsystems. The load
balancing adjustment
conditions are as
follows:
The CPU usage of the
heaviest-loaded MPU
subsystem is greater
than the load balancing
adjustment threshold.

This parameter is
replaced with
MPULOADDIFFTIMET
H(SET
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
TNLOADBALANCEPA
RA).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.

The difference between


the CPU usage of the
heaviest-loaded and
lightest-loaded MPUs is
greater than the MPU
load imbalance
tolerance threshold.
Value Range: 5~1800
Recommended Value:
300.

332152397.xls

343

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch2

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT7

344
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not perform flow
control based on the
RRC status after the
cell is in the BROKEN
state and rejects 80%
of RRC connection
setup requests.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
performs flow control
based on the RRC
status after the cell is in
the BROKEN state.
When the UE in the
CELL_FACH state fails
to initiate RRC
connection setup
requests for 300
consecutive times, the
cell enters the
BROKEN state. In this
case, the RNC rejects
80% of RRC
connection setup
requests only for the
UE in the CELL_FACH
state.
b) When the UE in the
CELL_DCH state fails
to initiate RRC
connection setup
requests for 300
consecutive times, the
cell enters the
BROKEN state. In this
case, the RNC rejects

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
ReliabilitySwitch:RELIA
BILITY_CELL_BROKE
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
N_FC_ENH_SWITCH(
SET UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

345

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch2

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT4

346
resources for the cell
are congested.
Scenario 2: Uplink and
downlink services are
carried over the R99
channel and HS-DSCH
channel respectively,
and uplink CE
resources for the cell
are congested.
Scenario 3: Uplink and
downlink services are
carried over the E-DCH
channel and R99
channel respectively,
and downlink power
resources for the cell
are congested.
Scenario 4: Uplink and
downlink services are
carried over the E-DCH
channel and R99
channel respectively,
and downlink code
resources for the cell
are congested.
Scenario 5: Uplink and
downlink services are
carried over the E-DCH
channel and HS-DSCH
channel respectively,
and downlink CE
resources for the cell
are congested.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
continues to perform
resource admission for

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_INTERRATHO
_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

347

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch2

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT5

UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

RsvSwitch0

SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT5

332152397.xls

348

Whether cell resources


are congested when an
E-UTRAN UE triggers a
CS fallback (CSFB) to
UTRAN request that is
not caused by
coverage.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
checks whether cell
resources are
congested during an EUTRAN-to-UTRAN
CSFB request. If yes,
the RNC rejects the
resource admission. If
no, the RNC continues
to perform resource
admission.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
continues to perform
resource admission
during an E-UTRAN-toUTRAN CSFB request,
regardless of whether
cell resources are
congested.

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_CSFBUSER_
CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

Whether SIB3 carries


the Deferred
measurement control
reading support IE. 1:
This switch is turned
on. SIB3 carries the
Deferred measurement
control reading support
IE. 2: This switch is
turned off. SIB3 does
not carry the Deferred
measurement control
reading support IE.

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
DeferMcReadInd(ADD
UCELLMEAS).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00

332152397.xls

349

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch4

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT1

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT6

332152397.xls

350

Whether the RNC


changes the radio
bearer identity when CS
services are handed
over from E-DCHs or
HS-DSCHs to DCHs.
This switch is turned off
by default. When this
switch is turned on, the
RNC changes the radio
bearer identity. When
this switch is turned off,
the RNC does not
change the radio bearer
identity. For details, see
section 8.6.4.2 in 3GPP
TS 25.331 V8.4.0.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R015B170
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch2:P
ERFENH_CSOVERH_
H2D_RBID_CHG_SWI
TCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

Whether the RNC


carries the information
about the configured
neighboring GSM cells
in the RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT message
when neighboring GSM
cells are configured
during an RRC interRAT redirection based
on admission failures.
For UEs of 3GPP
Release 6 or a later
version, when this
switch is turned on, the
RNC carries the
information about the
configured neighboring
GSM cells in the RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT message.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not carry the
information about the
configured neighboring
GSM cells in the RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT message.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R015B170
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
RRCRedirConsiderBar
Switch(SET UDRD).

V900R015C00

332152397.xls

351

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch6

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT8

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT31

332152397.xls

352

Whether the RNC filters


out the cells that not
allow UEs in idle mode
when selecting target
cells during interfrequency RRC
redirections. When this
switch is turned on, the
RNC filters out cells
that not allow UEs in
idle mode when
selecting target cells
during inter-frequency
RRC redirections.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not filter out cells
that not allow UEs in
idle mode when
selecting target cells
during inter-frequency
RRC redirections.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R015B170
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch2:P
ERFENH_RRC_DRD_F
AILED_RED_GSM_SW
ITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

Whether the UE
inactivity-based F2P
state transition
algorithm takes effect.
Transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is short for
F2P transition.
If the RNC detects that
all uplink and downlink
services of the UE in
the CELL_FACH state
have no data to
transmit within the
inactivity detection
period (specified by bit
0 to bit 15 in
RsvU32Para6), the
RNC will trigger the
F2P state transition.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the UE
inactivity-based F2P
state transition
algorithm does not take
effect.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P
state transition
algorithm takes effect
and replaces the
original event 4B-based
state transition
algorithm.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPH532
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_INACTIVE_F
2P_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

332152397.xls

353

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU32Para6

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT15

UALGORSVPARA

RsvU8Para12

SET UALGORSVPARA N/A

332152397.xls

354

Inactivity detection
period used in the UE
inactivity-based F2P
state transition
algorithm. If the RNC
detects that all uplink
and downlink services
of the UE in the
CELL_FACH state have
no data to transmit
within the inactivity
detection period, the
RNC will trigger the
F2P state transition.
The valid value ranges
from 1 to 64800,
measured in units of
seconds. The default
value is 10.
If the value of this
parameter exceeds the
valid value range, set
this parameter to 10.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPH532
parameter is replaced
with
InactF2PStateTransTim
er(SET
UUESTATETRANSTIM
ER).

V900R015C00

Number of periods for


triggering user uplink
throughput
measurement-based
event 4A. The duration
for triggering event 4A
is the number of
periods multiplied by
300 ms (a
measurement period).
When the throughput
exceeds the values of
HSUPA4AthrouThd
(specified by running
the SET
UUESTATETRANS
command) for the
duration for triggering
event 4A, event 4A is
reported.
The valid value of this
parameter ranges from
1 to 8. If the value of
this parameter
(including the default
value 0) exceeds the
valid value range, set
this parameter to 2.
Parameter relationship:
This parameter takes
effect when
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_
SWITCH of the
PerfEnhanceSwitch
parameter in the SET
UCORRMPARA
command is set to ON.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014SPH532
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
H2FHsupa4AThrouPAT
(SET
UUESTATETRANS).

V900R015C00

332152397.xls

355

UCORRMPARA

ReservedSwitch1

SET UCORRMPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT3

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch4

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT3

332152397.xls

356

Whether to allow the


RNC to limit the
maximum data rate for
HSDPA PS services
after a CS service
setup triggers an F2D
state transition.
0: This switch is turned
off, the maximum data
rate for HSDPA PS
services is limited after
a CS service setup
triggers an F2D state
transition.
1: This switch is turned
on, the maximum data
rate for HSDPA PS
services is unlimited
after a CS service
setup triggers an F2D
state transition.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_NB_AMRC_
UL_RATESET_EXT_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

Whether the DCHSDPA downlink load


balancing DRD
optimization algorithm
for the number of users
takes effect.
The RNC sets the
downlink load balancing
DRD priorities for the
number of users in the
DC-HSDPA carrier
group based on the
remaining number of
HSDPA users or the
remaining number of
downlink R99
equivalent users in
each cell, not the
remaining number of
HSDPA users or the
remaining number of
R99 equivalent users in
the DC-HSDPA carrier
group.
0: When this switch is
turned off, this
algorithm does not take
effect.
1: When this switch is
turned on, this
algorithm takes effect.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_DC_USERN
UM_LDB_OPT_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

332152397.xls

357

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT28

358
elements (IEs) "ULAddReconfTransChInfo
rmation" and "rbMappingInfo" in the
RRC RB SETUP and
RRC RB RECFG
messages. When the
content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in
the IE "DLAddReconfTransChInfo
rmation" is the same as
that of the sub-IE
"transportFormatSet" in
the IE "ULAddReconfTransChInfo
rmation", the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode"
can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH",
which reduces the sizes
of the RRC RB SETUP
and RRC RB RECFG
messages.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as
"Configured" and the IE
"rlc-Size-List" as
"allSizes".
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the subIE "rlc-Size-List" in the
IE "rb-MappingInfo" as

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_DCH_TRCH
_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

332152397.xls

V900R015C00

359

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT32

UALGORSVPARA

ulRsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT29

332152397.xls

360

Whether the RRC RB


SETUP message
contains the information
element (IE) "RB
mapping info" if the
transport channel and
rate of a signaling radio
bearer (SRB) remain
unchanged.
If the RRC SETUP
REQ message has
contained the IE "RB
mapping info", the RRC
RB SETUP message
does not need to
contain the IE, which
shortens the
transmission delay of
the RRC RB SETUP
message.
0: This switch is turned
off. In the preceding
scenario, the RRC RB
SETUP message
contains the IE.
1: This switch is turned
on. In the preceding
scenario, the RRC RB
SETUP message does
not contain the IE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_RB_MAPPIN
G_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

Whether the RNC


chooses a cell with
failed uplink
synchronization as a
target serving cell in a
serving cell change
procedure.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC chooses
a cell with failed uplink
synchronization as a
target serving cell if
uplink synchronization
corresponding to the
serving cell fails.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC does not
choose a cell with failed
uplink synchronization
as a target serving cell
if uplink synchronization
corresponding to the
serving cell fails.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL
_SRV_CELL_CHG_SW
ITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

332152397.xls

361

UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

RsvSwitch0

SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A

RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3

UALGORSVPARA

ulRsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT30

332152397.xls

362

Whether the counters


VS.DCCC.D2P.Att,
VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe
.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe
.DF2P. Succ are
collected at the
granularity of PS RAB.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the
preceding counters are
collected at the
granularity of PS RAB.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the
preceding counters are
collected at the
granularity of user.
services need to be
established to decrease
the chances of initiating
both an inter-RAT
outgoing handover
procedure and a
location update
procedure. As a result,
the number of interRAT outgoing handover
failures decreases.
As specified in 3GPP
TS25.331, the RNC
considers that services
need to be established
if the information
element "Establishment
cause" in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT
_REQ message is any
of the following values:
Originating
Conversational Call
Originating Streaming
Call
Originating Interactive
Call
Originating Background
Call
Originating Subscribed
traffic Call
Terminating
Conversational Call
Terminating Streaming
Call
Terminating Interactive
Call
Terminating

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014SPC535
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
H2dAccBasCovSwitch(
ADD UCELLFRC).

V900R015C00

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_HO_SIGNAL
_SCENE_CTRL(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

332152397.xls

363

UALGORSVPARA

ulRsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT24

UALGORSVPARA

ulRsvSwitch4

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT2

332152397.xls

364

Whether the RNC


triggers DCCC rate
increases and HSPA
retires if it receives
event 2D but does not
receive similar event
2F.
0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC can
trigger DCCC rate
increases and HSPA
retires if it receives
event 2D but does not
receive similar event
2F.
1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC cannot
trigger DCCC rate
increases and HSPA
retires if it receives
event 2D but does not
receive similar event
2F.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_PS_CMTIME
OUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

Whether the RNC


immediately triggers
coverage-based interfrequency or inter-RAT
handovers after
receiving a periodic
inter-frequency or interRAT measurement
report from a UE.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
waits 200 ms and
triggers inter-frequency
or inter-RAT handovers
after receiving a
periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT
measurement report
from a UE.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
immediately triggers
coverage-based interfrequency or inter-RAT
handovers after
receiving a periodic
inter-frequency or interRAT measurement
report from a UE.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014SPC535
parameter is replaced
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_SPEC_PRD_
HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

332152397.xls

365

UALGORSVPARA

ulRsvSwitch1

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT26

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch3

SET UALGORSVPARA

RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT12

332152397.xls

366

Whether a UE can be
redirected back to an
LTE FDD cell from a
UMTS cell.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the UE can
be redirected back to
an LTE FDD cell from a
UMTS cell.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the UE
cannot be redirected
back to an LTE FDD
cell from a UMTS cell.

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014SPH532
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
AntiPinpanLteFddRedr
Switch(SET
UU2LTEHONCOV).

V900R015C00

Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
parameter is replaced
with
V900R014SPC535
FastReturnToLTESwitc
h:PERFENH_PS_FAST
_RETURN_LTE_SWIT
CH(ADD
UCELLHOCOMM) and
PerfEnhanceSwitch3:P
ERFENH_PS_FAST_R
ETURN_LTE_SWITCH(
SET UCORRMPARA).

V900R015C00

exist after CS services


are released.
In scenario 1, this
switch control whether
the RNC fast redirects
the terminal back to an
LTE cell from a UMTS
cell by proactively
initiating a Directed
Signaling Connection
Re-establishment
(DSCR) procedure.
1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
initiates a DSCR
procedure.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not proactively
initiate a DSCR
procedure and redirects
the terminal back to an
LTE cell from a UMTS
cell after PS services
are released.
In scenario 2, this
switch control whether
the RNC fast redirects
the terminal back to an
LTE cell from a UMTS
cell by proactively
sending an IU
RELEASE REQUEST
message.
1: When this switch is

332152397.xls

367

UALGORSVPARA

RsvSwitch7

SET UALGORSVPARA

332152397.xls

RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT6

368

Whether load sharing


among physical RNCs
is allowed in the event
of high CPU usage for
the signaling messages
unavailable for load
sharing during the
NBAP signaling
processing process. 0:
This switch is turned
off. Load sharing
between physical RNCs
is allowed. This raises
the CPU usage of the
original PSU subsystem
and reduces the CPU
usage of other SPU
subsystems in the
physical RNC. 1: This
switch is turned on.
When the CPU usage
of an SPU subsystem is
high during the NBAP
signaling processing
process, control-plane
signaling cannot be
shared by other
physical RNCs. This
reduces the CPU load
of other SPU
subsystems in the
physical RNC and
increases the CPU load
of the SPU subsystem
serving the cell.

This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
ReliabilitySwitch:PHY_
RNC_SHARE_CTRL_S
V900R015C00B170
WITCH(SET
UNBMPHYPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.

332152397.xls

V900R015C00

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen